Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Auto - Parts / AB Dynamics plc

AB Dynamics plc

abdp.l · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker abdp.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Auto - Parts
Employees 555
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · AB Dynamics plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Delivering 
strategic growth

AB Dynamics plc Annual Report 2022

Leadership and innovation in 
engineering and technology

 Read more about our investment case page 5

 Read more about our markets page 8

 Read more about our strategy page 8

Building a platform for growth

Having invested in our Group product range, capability, leadership and new product development and 
leveraging our existing core strategy and technologies, the Group has delivered a strong set of results, 
and continues to build solid foundations as a platform for growth and long-term sustainability. 

Strategic report
1 
2 
4 
5 
6 
8 
12 
14 
16 
19 
20 
23 
26 
30 
32 
33 
34 
52 
54 
56 

Highlights of 2022
At a glance
How we are evolving
Investment case
Chairman’s statement
Our markets and strategy
AB Simulation
Business model
Chief Executive Officer’s review
Q&A with Dr James Routh
Operational review – Track testing
Operational review – Laboratory testing and simulation
Chief Financial Officer’s review
Key performance indicators
ABD Solutions
ABD Solutions architecture
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) strategy
S172(1) statement and stakeholder engagement
Risk management
Principal risks and uncertainties

Governance
60 
61 
62 
64 
66 
77 
79 
81 
82 
90 
93 

Chairman’s introduction to corporate governance
Statement of corporate governance
Board of Directors
Executive Committee
Statement of corporate compliance 
Nomination Committee report
Audit and Risk Committee report
ESG Committee report
Remuneration Committee report
Directors’ report
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Financial statements
94 
Independent auditor’s report
98 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
99 
Consolidated statement of financial position
100  Consolidated statement of changes in equity
101  Consolidated cash flow statement
102  Notes to the consolidated financial statements
123  Company statement of financial position
123  Company statement of changes in equity
124  Notes to the Company financial statements
129  Notice of Annual General Meeting

Discover more at 
abdynamics.com

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsHighlights of 2022

Strong strategic progress and 
financial performance 

Operational highlights
•  Whilst the current macroeconomic operating 

environment still presents challenges in relation 
to supply chain disruption, the Group has been 
successful in delivering output and mitigating 
inflationary cost pressures through price 
increases for new orders

•  Revenue increased by 23% with the recovery 

of sales to China and the full year’s contribution 
of VadoTech. Organic revenue increased by 18%

•  Further progress made on the implementation 
of strategic initiatives targeting diversification 
alongside the established pillars and opening 
up new markets beyond automotive through 
the launch of ABD Solutions

•  ABD Solutions was awarded its first development 
contract by an industrial equipment supplier 
in Japan for a driverless retrofit solution for 
mining vehicles

•  New product development continued in line 

with our technology roadmap for existing track 
testing and simulation markets and development 
of the core technology for ABD Solutions. Along 
with the successful launch of our new range of 
ADAS dummies, the full AB Dynamics LaunchPad 
product range and GST 120 have now been 
certified for use in Euro NCAP testing

•  VadoTech Group has been successfully integrated 
into the Group and delivered a solid performance 
since it was acquired in March 2021

•  Growth in percentage of Group’s recurring 

revenue to 41%, up from 35%, enhanced by the 
strengthening of the APAC regional footprint

•  Post-year-end acquisition of Ansible Motion and 

the creation of a new market-facing business unit, 
AB Simulation, enhances the Group’s simulation 
capabilities, expands its simulator product range 
and achieves critical mass in this attractive sector

Financial highlights

Revenue

£80.3m +23%

(2021: £65.4m)

EBITDA 

£16.4m +21%

(2021: £13.5m)

Adjusted* operating profit 

£12.7m +18%

(2021: £10.8m)

Adjusted* operating margin 

15.8% -80 bps

(2021: 16.6%)

Net cash

£29.2m 

(2021: £22.3m) 

Adjusted* diluted earnings per share (EPS)

44.5p +19%

(2021: 37.4p)

Dividend per share

5.3p +10%

(2021: 4.8p)

*  

 Adjusted to exclude amortisation of acquired intangibles, acquisition related 
charges and exceptional items. All profit and earnings per share figures going 
forward refer to adjusted business performance as defined on page 28 with a 
reconciliation to statutory measures.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

01

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsAt a glance

Developing 
our business

Global locations

USA

UK

Germany

Global sales revenue by region

Revenue by sector

Revenue by customer category

1% 

24%

24% 

24+

   Asia Pacific  

  UK/Europe 

51%

  North America 

£15.6m

20+

  Laboratory testing and simulation 

  Track testing 

£64.7m

  Rest of World 

02

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

4%

23%

70+

  Automotive OEMs 

  Service providers 

73%

  Tier 1 suppliers and technology 

China

Japan

Singapore

Proportion of recurring revenue
£m

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

0

41%

35%

2021

2022

  Recurring 

  Original equipment 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
51
+
+
24
+
+
1
+
+
U
80
+
+
U
 
25
+
+
5
+
+
U
At a glance continued

Track testing

Track testing products and services represent 81% of total 
Group revenue. The products are used for the test and 
verification of Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (ADAS), 
autonomous systems and vehicle dynamics. Test vehicles and 
ADAS platforms, such as the Guided Soft Target (GST) and 
LaunchPad, are controlled using complex control software for 
accurate control and synchronisation of multiple test objects. 

This enables our customers to conduct complex, multi-object 
test scenarios with a simple-to-use software interface to satisfy 
internal or external regulatory test requirements. 

The Group also provides testing services including the provision 
of ADAS and vehicle dynamics tests through a comprehensive 
test facility based in California, USA. Following the acquisition 
of VadoTech, the Group also offers on-road testing services, 
with operations in China and Japan. 

Revenue

£64.7m

 Read more about our track testing page 20

Delivering a stronger business

As we expand our portfolio of products and services, 
we are reducing our reliance on specific market sectors and 
geographic territories. Continued progress in developing 
our service and support offering through both organic and 
acquisitive growth has increased the proportion of recurring 
and service-based revenue. 

Laboratory testing and simulation

Laboratory testing and simulation represents 19% of total Group 
revenue and includes products relating to simulation, noise and 
vibration and the assessment of kinematics and compliance in 
vehicles; and simulation software. These products are used to 
evaluate vehicle dynamics, noise, vibration and harshness and 
ADAS across a wide range of applications including conventional 
vehicles, motorsport and automated vehicles.

Our simulator products along with our market-leading physics 
based simulation software reduce new vehicle development 
timescales by allowing meaningful testing earlier in the development 
process which form the core of our new market-facing business 
unit, AB Simulation. The use of simulation reduces new vehicle 
development timescales by allowing meaningful evaluation 
earlier in the development process.

Revenue

£15.6m

 Read more about our laboratory testing and simulation page 23

The launch of ABD Solutions in the prior year and the formation 
of AB Simulation enables us to drive growth in core and adjacent 
markets, and our investment in skills, capacity and leadership 
ensures we have a platform for sustainable long-term growth. 
ABD Solutions leverages the core technologies of AB Dynamics 
into new adjacent markets where the customer is the end 
user of the equipment, developing solutions to automate 
vehicle applications specifically in the mining, defence and 
agriculture sectors. 

In the current year AB Simulation has been formed as a 
market-facing business unit focusing on the supply of 
advanced simulation products and services to the automotive 
and motorsport industries. This brings together the Group’s 
existing simulators and simulation business as well as the 
recently acquired Ansible Motion as a coherent unit with 
critical mass in this attractive market.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

03

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsHow we are evolving

Investing for the future

Along with investing in new product development in our core and adjacent markets, 
we have invested in capabilities in terms of talent and leadership and built a solid 
foundation as a platform for sustainable long-term growth. 

 Our investment case page 5

Acquisition of Ansible Motion

The post-year-end acquisition of Ansible Motion 
has strengthened the Group’s product range, 
capability and customer base, providing critical 
mass to the new AB Simulation business unit 
through the addition of talented employees, 
premium products and leading R&D capabilities.

 Read more on page 16

ESG evolution 

Our ESG strategy has developed significantly 
over the last financial year and continues to 
be a strategic priority for the Group. This has 
resulted in our MSCI ESG rating improving to AA 
and we aim to develop this further in 2023.

 Read more on page 34

ABD Solutions

Since the launch of ABD Solutions at the end 
of the previous financial year, the team has 
successfully developed the core modular 
technology required for our targeted areas of 
penetration and has been successful in winning 
funded R&D from a major Japanese mining 
customer. We are also working with a mining 
customer based in Greenland.

 Our investment case page 5

04

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Investing in our people

We have a growing number of staff members 
and the Group has focused on development and 
employee engagement. This year we launched 
a Professional Development Programme 
for a selection of employees, we also saw a 
70% increase in the amount of training hours 
undertaken by the Group to equip our staff with 
the training required to support their career 
development aspirations.

Hours of training

5,767

 Read more on page 41

Health  
and safety

Our people

Ethics and 
compliance

Environmental  
leadership

Sustainable 
products

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsInvestment case

Why invest in AB Dynamics

With a track record of revenue growth 
and strong margins, we deliver sustainable 
value for our stakeholders through our 
market-leading engineered products and 
services. Our strong cash generation and 
clear capital allocation framework enables 
us to invest for future growth.

Revenue £m

80.3

23% CAGR

65.4

61.5

58.0

37.1

24.6

20.5

16.5

12.2

13.8

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

COVID-19

1

2

3

4

Highly cash generative 
with clear capital 
allocation framework
•  Our strong cash generation 
enables us to fund ongoing 
investment in organic growth 
across our core markets and 
ABD Solutions, to strengthen 
business infrastructure for the 
next phase of expansion and 
to fund acquisitions

•  Our capital allocation priorities 
are: investment in innovation 
to grow core business; 
investment in ABD Solutions; 
bolt-on acquisitions; and our 
progressive dividend policy

Structural and regulatory 
growth drivers across all 
our markets
•  We are a leader in structural 
long-term growth markets, 
supported by favourable 
regulatory environments and 
global focus on active safety 
and autonomous systems 
development

•  Our offering spans both 

physical and simulated testing 
across ADAS, autonomous 
vehicle R&D and vehicle testing

•  We are using our core 

technology portfolio to 
leverage adjacent markets 
including mining, defence, 
materials handling and 
agriculture

•  We have a global presence 
and diverse geographic end 
markets, including a new Asia 
Pacific divisional operating hub

•  The proportion of recurring 
revenue continues to grow 
as we increase our service 
and support offering and 
software sales

Highly resilient business 
solving customers’ 
sustainability challenges
•  The wider focus on road safety 
and reduction in accidents as 
well as the focus on electric 
vehicle and battery technology 
is an important long-term 
trend that will support 
continued growth

•  The resilience of our business 
model has enabled us to 
continue to invest in the 
business and grow revenue 
despite the COVID-19 pandemic 
and recent macroeconomic 
challenges

•  We actively focus on the 

wellbeing of our workforce 
through a strong health and 
safety culture and employee 
engagement and assistance 
•  Our global, diversified customer 

base provides resilience. 
With direct sales and support 
facilities in the UK, Germany, 
Japan and the USA and indirect 
sales channels in all other key 
customer territories, we are 
well placed to deliver support 
where our customers need it

Strong margins with clear 
strategy for expansion

•  Differentiated products and 

strong, long-term relationships 
with customers underpin 
strong margins

•  Continued investment 
in innovation to deliver 
differentiated products to drive 
strong gross margins
•  Ability to increase prices 
enables maintenance 
of gross margins during 
inflationary periods

•  Current investment in ABD 

Solutions impacts overheads 
and margins during the 
pre-revenue phase. Margin 
expansion will be delivered 
once this new business unit 
delivers positive contribution

• 

Investment in people, business 
systems and capacity will 
deliver future efficiencies and 
margin expansion

  Read more about our 
markets page 8

  Read more in our Chief 
Executive Officer’s 
review page 16

  Read more in our Chief 

Financial Officer’s review 
page 26

  Read more about our capital 

allocation framework on 29

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

05

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsChairman’s statement

Strengthening our platform for growth

Overview
I am pleased to report a year of very positive financial and strategic 
performance for the Group. 

Following on from our strong set of results in the first half of the 
year, the Group continued to build on the strategic priorities and 
focus on building a sustainable and resilient business. Overall 
results for the year showed revenue growth of 23% to £80.3m, 
organic growth of 18%, and an 18% increase in operating profit 
to £12.7m, predominantly due to growth in track testing products 
and services.

The Group continued to invest in the core automotive sector, 
which is characterised by strong regulatory and structural growth 
drivers. At the same time, we have seen good progress in our 
strategy to diversify the business and provide the foundations 
for continued growth. To support this growth and diversification 
the Group invested in ongoing professionalisation, in senior 
leadership talent and in the development of our Group-wide 
ERP system. 

ABD Solutions has made good progress, successfully proving 
the concept of retrofitting existing technologies to enable the 
automation of conventional vehicle fleets. This has resulted in 
winning R&D funding from a major Japanese mining customer.

The acquisition of Ansible Motion shortly after the year end 
expands our capability in the key simulation sector and I am 
pleased to welcome the employees of Ansible Motion to the 
AB Dynamics family.

Our strategy and the detailed financial results are covered in 
the Chief Executive Officer’s review on pages 16 to 18 and in the 
Chief Financial Officer’s review on pages 26 to 29.

Employees
I would like to take this opportunity to thank our global team of 
hard working and committed employees who have all contributed 
to a successful year, responding to changing demands and 
adapting to changing work patterns as the Group navigates the 
current supply chain and wider macroeconomic issues. The Group 
attracts talent at all levels within the business and continues 
to invest in training all the way through from apprentices to 
graduates and continuing professional development.

The Group has grown strongly in recent years, and we now have 
around 434 employees, with around half located in the UK. The 
Board takes our responsibility towards employee engagement 
and development seriously and during the year launched a 
Professional Development Programme for emerging talent to 
develop our future leaders. In parallel, the Group continued the 
rolling process of employee engagement surveys, the results 
of which are used to continuously develop and improve our 
employee experience.

Investments
The acquisition of Ansible Motion and the establishment of a 
new market-facing business unit, AB Simulation, will continue to 
drive the Group strategy forward in order to deliver sustainable 
growth. Other investments included continued new product 
development, progress in the implementation of our ERP system 
and investment in ABD Solutions.

Richard (Dick) Elsy CBE, Non-Executive Chairman

Highlights
•  Continued investment in new product development 

in our core markets

•  Good progress made by ABD Solutions

•  Post-year-end acquisition of Ansible Motion strengthens 

our simulation offering

06

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOutlook
AB Dynamics operates within markets that are supported by 
long-term regulatory and structural growth drivers in automotive 
and holds an enviable position in the sectors in which it operates. 
These market growth drivers, coupled with the ongoing 
investments in all areas of the business, provide the Board with 
strong confidence that the outlook remains positive.

Our continued strategic clarity and ongoing investments 
provide a strong platform for future growth and the Board 
remains confident in delivering continued progress in the 
forthcoming year.

Richard Elsy CBE 
Chairman
23 November 2022

Chairman’s statement continued

ESG
I am pleased to report that the hard work and determination 
by the members of the ESG Committee and wider staff have 
delivered rapid progress on our ESG strategy, resulting in 
an improvement in our MSCI ESG rating to AA. The Board is 
committed to ongoing improvements in all aspects of ESG. 
Further information on our approach to ESG can be found on 
pages 34 to 51 and the activities of the ESG Committee are 
summarised on page 81.

Corporate governance
Strong corporate governance and risk management is an 
essential element of the Board’s activities and is key to ensuring 
ongoing stability and growth of the Group. I am pleased to 
confirm that AB Dynamics plc is in compliance with the Quoted 
Companies Alliance (QCA) Code as required under the AIM Rules. 
The Board takes into consideration feedback provided by various 
ratings agencies in setting policies and in developing our ESG 
strategy as part of our continuous improvement in corporate 
governance. I report separately on the Group’s approach to 
governance and its procedures in the Statement of corporate 
governance, which can be found on pages 66 to 76.

Dividend
Based on the strong financial performance and the Board’s 
confidence in continued growth and delivery in 2023, the Board 
is recommending a final dividend of 3.54p per share payable on 
27 January 2023 subject to shareholder approval at the AGM. The 
ex-dividend date will be 29 December 2022 and the record date 
will be 30 December 2022. The total dividend for the year will 
therefore be 5.3p per share, which is an increase over the prior 
year of 10%, continuing the Board’s progressive dividend policy.

Social

Vision and values

Last year, a working committee was established by 
employees to independently create and develop their own 
vision and values for the business with the support of an 
external facilitator. These values reflect the organisation’s 
aspirations for appropriate workplace behaviour, help 
people at all levels focus on what’s important and play 
an important role in building a positive culture. These 
values are:

Customers  

People 

Diversity   

Innovation

Excellence  

Responsibility 

Since these values were created they have been 
well-established across the business and are displayed 
proudly and prominently in the headquarters and across our 
international operations.

Critically, these values are now embedded into the 
recruitment process to ensure that our new hires’ values 
are aligned with the Group’s. We are also encouraging the 
leaders within the business to openly discuss them with our 
people as part of the performance review process to make 
sure that their targets are in line with our values. 

 Read more on page 38

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

07

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOur markets and strategy

Our mission is to accelerate our customers’ drive towards net zero emissions, improving road safety and the automation of vehicle applications. 

Road safety 

Structural drivers

Regulatory drivers

The automotive sector continues to evolve and adapt to the 
structural and regulatory changes driving rapid unprecedented 
change. The global challenge of climate change is driving strong 
demand for the acceleration of the implementation of electric 
vehicles and the ongoing societal need for improvements in road 
safety is driving the development of ADAS and increasing levels 
of autonomous systems.

Continued emergence of new entrants into the automotive 
market, particularly in electric vehicles and autonomy, has placed 
additional pressures on traditional automotive OEMs to rapidly 
develop new technologies. Therefore, the sector remains heavily 
focused on R&D in the following key areas:

•  Active safety and ADAS systems

•  Autonomy and increasingly automated driving functions

• 

Electric vehicle and battery technology

The growing use of simulation is accelerating the efficiency and 
speed of development, allowing customers to test in a virtual 
environment. 

These clear market drivers align with the mission and ESG aims of 
AB Dynamics to assist the sector to improve road safety and aid 
the global drive towards net zero emissions. The development 
of ADAS systems has already led to significant improvements in 
road safety in Europe, the USA and Japan. As these technologies 
are implemented and regulated in low- and middle-income 
countries, this will ultimately significantly reduce the estimated 
1.35m road deaths globally per year with pedestrians, cyclists 
and motorcyclists making up more than half of all road deaths.

The market for ADAS and active safety continues to be driven 
by regulation and consumer-facing safety organisations such 
as European New Car Assessment Programme (Euro NCAP).

In order to receive an NCAP safety rating, vehicles must pass an 
increasing number of tests. These tests will drive demand for 
our products.

In 2014 the number of ADAS test scenarios performed for Euro 
NCAP ratings was 18; this has grown to in excess of 500. For the 
first time in 2023 Euro NCAP will introduce new tests designed 
to reward vehicle systems that protect motorcyclists. The test 
scenarios include collision with the rear of a motorcycle braking 
in queuing traffic, detection of a motorcycle in a vehicle’s blind 
spot, and junction scenarios where an inattentive driver may turn 
in front of an oncoming motorcycle.

Euro NCAP test scenarios (growth since 2014)
New 2022 regulations which have come into force which all 
vehicle manufacturers must meet to sell their vehicles in 
the United Kingdom and Europe. In its first phase Automatic 
Emergency Braking (AEB) has been mandated on newly 
introduced car and van models, while a second phase, to be 
implemented in July 2024, extends this requirement to all 
vehicle registrations in these classes. The regulations also 
include emergency lane keeping for cars and vans. Blind Spot 
Information Systems and Moving Off Information Systems for 
certain vehicle classes.

Roadmap 2022–2025

Euro NCAP AEB turn across path

2022

2023

2024

2025+

Euro NCAP test scenarios

700+

Euro NCAP AEB Junction and 
Crossing Scenarios

591

491

277

18

84

2014
AEB car 
to car

2016
Lane 
departure 
warning

2018
Enhanced 
AEB

2020
Enhanced 
Vulnerable 
Road User 
tests

2023
AEB 
junctions

2025+
Vehicle 
to vehicle 
communication

Euro NCAP Assisted Driving 
Grading (SAE Level 2+ autonomy)

Euro NCAP Assisted Driving 
Grading (update)

UNECE Automated Lane Keeping 
Systems (ALKS) approved 
(SAE Level 3 autonomy)

UNECE mandating the fitment 
of AEB

Euro NCAP AEB to protect 
motorcyclists

Euro NCAP Vehicle to Everything 
(V2X) 

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

08

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOur markets and strategy continued

Regulatory drivers continued

Euro NCAP test scenarios (growth since 2014) continued
The accompanying legislation also gives new powers for market 
surveillance authorities to monitor real-world performance 
of these systems. Importantly, the authority is not limited to 
carrying out the specific tests defined by the type approval 
regulations, they can test for broader requirements. This means 
that vehicle manufacturers must meet the wider requirements 
of the regulation and not just pass the specific tests. For ADAS 
based scenarios, this may include testing the vehicle at a variety 
of approach speeds, offsets, loading and lighting conditions, 
driving increased need for test equipment.

The growth in testing volume and complexity continues to drive 
demand for ADAS platforms and driving robots that are both 
more capable and more versatile. To recognise the need for new 
test tools, this year Euro NCAP updated its listing of equipment 
used in official testing to include AB Dynamics’ latest and most 
capable platforms (LaunchPad 80 and GST 120).

In the USA, the National Highway Traffic and Safety 
Administration (NHTSA) operates a similar ratings scheme to 
Euro NCAP but functions as a government regulator. The US 
government has committed to improve road safety and has 
begun to mandate the use of ADAS to assist in reducing injuries 
and fatalities, with a particular focus on the upward trend in 
pedestrian injuries and fatalities in the USA over recent years.

Outside of the automotive sector, other industries such 
as mining, defence, agriculture and materials handling are 
increasingly seeking to automate vehicle applications to improve 
operational safety and/or increase productivity and efficiency. 

Operational safety and vehicle efficiency are the market 
drivers for mining applications. Transport accounts for 40% of 
all accidents and 60% of all deaths in quarries. Mining has the 
potential to be the fastest growing market with forecast growth 
of approximately 50% compound annual growth rate. Demand 
for solutions to operational safety and efficiency risks is a clear 
market driver for vehicle applications, whilst also aligning with 
the strategic objectives of the Group.

ABD Solutions’ mission is to make the route to autonomy faster, 
delivering retrofit solutions that drive safety and efficiency 
in existing fleets. Vehicle applications for the key addressable 
markets solve problems with labour shortages, human 
limitations, downtime and managing dangerous environments. 

ABD Solutions’ technology and expertise addresses the 
challenges faced by our customers to enhance safety, 
productivity, and utilisation. While realising cost reductions 
and increased productivity through fast, retrofit applications, 
tailored for specific environments and customer requirements. 

Market size and growth rates

Road safety addressable market
Based on data collated in 2021 the total addressable market size 
is approximately £1.4bn. 

The largest single sector is testing services, where AB Dynamics 
operates through its testing facility in Bakersfield, USA, and 
on-road testing services through VadoTech in Asia Pacific. The 
core track testing products sector represents approximately 
£100m market size with strong growth in ADAS platforms offset 
by a more stable market for driving robots. The laboratory 
testing equipment and simulation market continues to grow 
and represents approximately £190m.

The focus on AB Simulation and acquisition of Ansible Motion 
enhances penetration in the attractive simulation sector.

Overall compound annual growth rate in the existing addressable 
market is forecast to be 16% over the next five years. 

Road safety addressable market

£1.4bn

R	R	
£0.8bn8+

  Track testing products  
  Lab testing and simulators 
  Simulation software 
  Testing services 

£0.1bn 
£0.2bn
£0.3bn

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

09

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
14
+
21
+
57
+
Our markets and strategy continued

Vehicle applications

Defence is forecast to grow at 16% CAGR over the cycle, driven 
by the need to improve operational safety and, where possible, 
remove armed forces personnel from certain hazardous 
operations such as route clearance, counter-IED and logistics 
in theatres of operation.

The materials handling market is diverse and covers a range of 
applications including warehousing, ports, and airport baggage 
handling, etc. The addressable market for automating these 
applications is forecast to grow at 14% CAGR and is driven by 
the need to reduce operating costs and improve efficiency.

Combined market size and growth
Overall, the combined market size of the existing AB Dynamics 
business, plus the addressable markets introduced through 
ABD Solutions, provides an overall addressable market 
of approximately £6.2bn, with a CAGR of 24% over the 
five-year cycle.

Vehicle applications addressable market

£4.8bn

R	R	
£2.4bn15+

  Mining  
  Defence 
  Agriculture 
  Materials handling 

£0.7bn 
£0.6bn
£1.1bn

“ Mining has the potential to  
be the fastest growing market 
with forecast growth of 
approximately 50% compound 
annual growth rate (CAGR) based 
on assumptions around the 
global mining truck equipment 
population and rates of adoption 
of automated technologies.“

Market size and growth rates continued

Vehicle applications addressable market
With the introduction of ABD Solutions, our addressable market 
has increased significantly with large growth opportunities 
across our key target markets of mining, defence, agriculture and 
materials handling. Analysis of these specific markets shows a 
total addressable market size of £4.8bn and a compound annual 
growth rate over the next five years of 25%.

These four target markets can be sub-divided into those driven 
by operational safety (mining and defence) and those driven by 
productivity and efficiency (agriculture and materials handling). 
The markets can be further characterised by lower volume/
higher price point (mining and defence) and higher volume/lower 
price point (agriculture and materials handling).

Mining has the potential to be the fastest growing market with 
forecast growth of approximately 50% compound annual growth 
rate (CAGR) based on assumptions around the global mining 
truck equipment population and rates of adoption of automated 
technologies. The anticipated growth is driven by the need to 
improve operational safety, removing the driver of large mining 
trucks from hazardous environments, and also protecting other 
personnel from accidents. In addition, the mining sector has high 
operating costs in terms of personnel due to the often remote 
and less hospitable locations.

The automated agriculture sector, specifically automated 
tractors, is forecast to grow at 24% CAGR as demands on arable 
land increase, low gross margins drive demand for cost reduction, 
and availability of operators is a specific problem in remote 
regions of developed countries.

10

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements12
+
22
+
51
+
Our markets and strategy continued 

Delivering on our strategy

Progress has been made across all our strategic objectives, most notably diversification from 
the launch of ABD Solutions and growth through the acquisition of Ansible Motion.

Links to be confirmed by client

Product and innovation

Capability and capacity

Acquisitive growth

Diversification

Service and support

International footprint

Strategic objective

Strategic objective

Strategic objective

Strategic objective

Strategic objective

Strategic objective

Market-led new product 
development with a focus on 
research and innovation.

Building a platform for long-term 
sustainable growth.

Clear and defined acquisition  
criteria of value enhancing 
companies that facilitate the  
Group’s strategic priorities.

Diversification into new adjacent 
markets utilising the Group’s core 
technology and capability.

Transition towards a greater 
proportion of software as a source 
of higher margins and recurring 
revenues meet the market’s  
needs as requirements become 
more complex.

Increase the Group’s international 
footprint in customer-led 
locations to increase customer 
intimacy, customer support and 
market intelligence.

Achievements
•  LaunchPad 80 released to 

Achievements
•  Recruitment of senior 

the market

•  LaunchPad 80 and GST 120 
received full Euro NCAP 
accreditation

•  Soft Motorcycle 360 launched  

• 

management team into all 
required roles 
Implementation and adoption of 
several modules of the new ERP 
system in the UK

at the testing expo 
•  aVDS-HP launched

Achievements
•  Acquisition of Ansible Motion 
strengthens our simulation 
market position

Achievements
•  ABD Solutions has made strong 
progress successfully winning  
R&D funding from a Japanese 
mining customer as well as signing 
a Memorandum of Understanding 
agreement with a mining 
operation in Greenland

Achievements
•  Launch of AB Simulation, a new 
market-facing business unit to 
meet the needs of a more  
complex changing market

•  Developed the core technology

Achievements
•  Successfully expanded to all  

major customer regions

•  The acquisition of Ansible Motion 
increased the Group customer 
base globally

Future outlook 

Future outlook 

Future outlook 

Future outlook 

Future outlook 

Future outlook 

Continued focus on capabilities 
for ADAS testing requirements 
as well as a continued effort in 
developing leading physics based 
simulation software. Sustainable 
revenue growth.

Foundations to support current and 
future growth.

Further develop pipeline of  
potential acquisition targets.  
Deliver further value enhancing 
acquisitions to support organic 
growth strategy delivery.

Continued development of core 
modular technologies required  
for a market focus on mining 
and defence.

Continue to focus on developing 
solutions which promote recurring 
revenue and meet the needs of a 
changing and complex market.

Continue to drive a direct 
sales channel model and increase 
customer intimacy.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

11

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsAB Simulation

Building a platform for growth in simulation

Introduction
Building upon the strong simulator product growth within 
the core AB Dynamics business, the Group is pleased to 
announce the formation of AB Simulation, a market-facing 
business unit providing a dedicated and focused supply of 
advanced simulation products and services to the automotive 
and motorsport industries. The objective of this strategic 
development is to deliver growth through the consolidation 
of our existing expertise in simulation, broadening our portfolio 
of products and services, and acquiring and integrating 
complementary capabilities. The recent acquisition of 
Ansible Motion in September 2022 is a key part in delivering 
the AB Simulation strategy. 

Market analysis
Significant industry growth is being driven by the need for 
automotive OEMs to reduce vehicle development timescales 
and costs by enabling meaningful virtual testing earlier in the 
development process, enabling the safe development of active 
safety and autonomous systems as a pre-cursor to physical 
testing, and to improve the quality of vehicle characteristics 
(i.e. ride, handling, ergonomics and NVH) by creating the link 
between virtual models and physical testing.

How will AB Simulation address these challenges?
Following the appointment of a dedicated Managing Director and 
Technical Director, AB Simulation is focused on the growth of the 
simulation business, leveraging the Group’s capabilities to offer 
a complete simulation solution for the automotive sector. 

It will bring together:

•  The existing AB Dynamics simulator business responsible for 

the development and delivery of the Advanced Vehicle Driving 
Simulators (aVDS) product range which incorporates desktop, 
static and dynamic Driver-in-the-Loop (DIL) simulators

•  rFpro, the market leader in the supply of engineering grade, 
physics based simulation software used in the development 
and testing of autonomous vehicles, ADAS, vehicle dynamics 
and human factor studies

•  Ansible Motion Limited, an exciting recent acquisition of 

the Group based in Norfolk, which designs, manufactures, 
integrates and supports ground vehicle simulators for 
engineering use, with a global and complementary 
customer base

The benefits of the Ansible Motion acquisition include:

•  Acquiring and eliminating a successful competitor in the 

simulator market

•  Creating AB Simulation with critical mass, breadth of product 
offering and the capabilities and reach to compete globally

•  A complementary customer list which broadens the customer 

portfolio to support future growth

How will AB Simulation address these challenges? 
The formation of AB Simulation will significantly benefit 
customers by providing a broad range of products and services 
to enable the development of better and safer vehicles, more 
rapidly and more cost effectively and supplying complete 
end-to-end simulation solutions comprising hardware, 
software, application and use-case consultancy, training and 
aftermarket support.

The new simulation business unit will drive sustainable revenue 
growth by broadening the product range to capture a larger 
portion of the addressable market, improve project margins 
through the development of wholly owned intellectual 
property and achieve delivery excellence and customer 
satisfaction through the development of best practices in 
project management.

A new AB Simulation brand identity is being developed which 
will leverage the pedigree and reputation of the AB Dynamics 
Group and its global network of trusted partners is being created 
to provide credible product demonstrations and references in 
Europe, North America and Asia. 

Together, the simulator products on page 13 will provide a 
broad set of options to the customer base and will generate 
improved margins. 

rFpro, which provides the simulation software for the aVDS, 
Alpha, Delta and static ranges, is diversifying from being purely 
a provider of specialist vehicle dynamics simulation to being 
an effective and leading provider of simulation tools required 
for modelling autonomous systems. A new cloud based service 
aimed at training data generation and Software-in-the-Loop (SIL) 
for autonomous vehicles testing is being developed. The data 
produced by rFpro will be of the highest quality and accuracy and 
will include higher processing volume techniques like raytracing 
and spectral rendering within a large variety of relevant 
test cases. 

12

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsAB Simulation continued

Static Simulators

Dynamic Simulators

driving simulation excellence

driving simulation excellence

driving simulation excellence

aVDS Static
Entry level simulator 
with active steering 
and brake for early 
model development

Theta Cube
Extremely high-
quality self-contained 
transportable simulator

Sigma
Fully immersive static 
simulator, featuring a 
real or replica vehicle 
cockpit and projection 
vision system

aVDS
High dynamic response 
simulator primarily 
for motorsport 
applications with a 
pedigree from F1

Delta S3
High fidelity simulator 
with exceptionally 
large motion envelope 
for sustained cueing 
(featuring 360° 
yaw and scalable 
surge and sway)

aVDS HP
High dynamic response 
simulator with high 
payload capability 
(700 kg) for automotive 
applications 

Alpha Series
New range of high 
frequency, low latency 
simulators currently 
under development.
Designed to 
specifically to 
address the gap 
in the market for 
competitively priced 
high-performance 
simulators offering 
significant advantages 
over high-end 
hexapod systems

Under development

£250k

£400k

£750k

£2.0m

£2.8m

£3.0m

£3.3m

Total system price

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

13

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsBusiness model

Creating value for stakeholders

Key inputs

How we create value

 Product and 
technology leadership
Our innovative product development 
and significant intellectual property 
ensure cutting-edge products are 
available for every application across 
the markets we serve.

Supplier relationships
We work closely with our 
suppliers and take the 
steps necessary to ensure 
their performance meets 
our expectations. 

Customer relationships
Long-term relationships with all 
major automotive OEMs and test 
facilities enable us to provide 
support tailored to their needs and 
also assist in early identification 
of trends.

Global reach
We have international routes 
to market, with direct sales and 
support offices in key territories 
to facilitate growth and 
support our customers. We use 
distribution and representatives 
in other locations to expand 
our reach. 

Talented workforce
Our highly skilled employees 
operate in niche capability areas. 
Our engineers and customer 
support teams work closely 
with our customers, supporting 
their requirements.

Underpinned by our values

14

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Product & 
innovation

Capability 
& capacity

Automotive

Electric 
vehicles

International 
footprint

Strategic 
priorities

Sustainable 
growth

Addressable 
markets

Defence

Diversification

Acquisitive 
growth

Service & 
support

Materials 
handling 
equipment

Agriculture

Mining

Building a broader based business to drive sustainable growth

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsBusiness model continued

Our purpose
We accelerate our customers’ drive towards net zero emissions, 
improving road safety and the automation of vehicle applications 
through leadership and innovation in engineering and technology.

Our business

Track testing

Track testing products and services are used for the 
test and verification of ADAS, autonomous systems 
and vehicle dynamics. Vehicles and ADAS platforms, 
such as the GST and LaunchPad, are controlled using 
complex control software for accurate control and 
synchronisation of multiple test objects. 

This enables our customers to conduct complex, 
multi-object test scenarios with a simple-to-use 
software interface to satisfy internal or external 
regulatory test requirements. 

The Group also provides test services including 
the provision of ADAS and vehicle dynamics tests 
through a comprehensive test facility based in 
California, USA. Following the acquisition of 
VadoTech, the Group now also offers on-road testing 
services, with operations in China and Japan.

Laboratory testing and simulation

Laboratory testing and simulation includes products 
relating to simulation, noise and vibration and the 
assessment of kinematics and compliance in vehicles; 
and simulation software. These products are used 
to evaluate vehicle dynamics, noise, vibration 
and harshness and autonomy across a wide range 
of applications including conventional vehicles, 
motorsport and automated/autonomous vehicles. 

Our simulator products along with our market-
leading physics based simulation software reduce 
new vehicle development timescales and costs 
by allowing meaningful testing earlier in the 
development process.

The value we create

 Customers
We provide innovative 
solutions tailored to customers’ 
specific needs.

Employees
We are committed to providing 
a safe and rewarding working 
environment.

Suppliers
We work closely with our suppliers, 
with a reputation for integrity and 
ethical behaviour.

Investors
Through the execution of our 
strategy we grow the value of 
our shareholders’ investment 
over time.

Communities
We engage positively with our 
local communities and offer 
support through charitable 
giving and volunteering.

Environment
We are fully committed to 
reducing our own environmental 
impact by lowering our energy 
consumption, and helping our 
customers drive towards net 
zero emissions. 

Underpinned by our values

Our values

Customers 

People 

Diversity

Innovation

Excellence 

Responsibility 

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

15

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer’s review

Building key drivers for 
market growth

Overview
I am pleased to report that despite the challenging economic 
and operational backdrop, the Group delivered a strong set of 
results supported by recent investments in its capabilities and 
a recovery in customer activity levels following the pandemic. 
The Group has evolved significantly over the last three years, 
building a solid and scalable platform from which to capitalise on 
a multi-year growth opportunity. I would like to thank our global 
team of talented and dedicated employees for their continued 
hard work and tenacity.

The performance for the year was positive across both halves 
with a stronger second half reflecting normal seasonality. The 
Group delivered record levels of order intake, revenue and 
adjusted EBITDA, despite the headwinds of global inflation and 
supply chain constraints and further investments to support its 
long-term growth objectives.

We continued to deliver against our strategic priorities by 
launching new products, developing our service offering to 
drive recurring revenues, and delivering on our diversification 
plans through progress in ABD Solutions. We also expanded our 
presence in the simulation market through the acquisition of 
Ansible Motion and the establishment of a new market-facing 
business, AB Simulation.

Our ESG strategy has developed significantly during the year. 
ESG is an intrinsic part of our overall purpose and strategy 
(see page 34 for details) and this year we have focused on our 
environmental performance, the diversity of our people, our 
engagement with our valued employees and local communities, 
and continuous improvement in our governance and compliance. 
This resulted in an improvement in our MSCI ESG rating to AA, 
with ambition to make further improvements during 2023.

Whilst the positive momentum from FY 2022 has continued 
into the new financial year, macroeconomic headwinds created 
by the combination of global inflation, forecast recession and 
uncertainty have the potential to affect the Group during 2023. 
However, the Group is well positioned, with market-leading 
products and services, and remains supported by regulatory 
and structural growth drivers that provide a strong position 
for continued growth and performance during 2023.

“ The Group continued to deliver 
against our strategic priorities 
by launching new products, 
developing our service offering 
to drive recurring revenues, and 
delivering on our diversification 
plans through ABD Solutions.”

Dr James Routh, Chief Executive Officer

Highlights
•  The Group delivered significant growth in revenue up 23% 

to £80.3m

•  The Group’s efforts in its ESG strategy resulted in an 

increase in its MSCI ESG rating to AA

•  ABD Solutions successfully developed the core modular 

technology required for its initial market

•  Post-year-end acquisition of Ansible Motion and the 
establishment of a new market-facing business unit 
AB Simulation 

16

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsChief Executive Officer’s review continued

Financial performance
The Group delivered significant revenue growth in the year of 
23%, to £80.3m (2021: £65.4m). The second half of the year was 
particularly strong with revenue of £42.5m (H2 2021: £38.1m), 
a record half-year period. This growth was delivered despite 
the ongoing impacts of inflation and supply chain constraints, 
which were successfully mitigated through proactive inventory 
management and price increases to the market. 

The growth in revenue was delivered by track testing which grew 
30%, with laboratory testing and simulation broadly flat. The 
proportion of recurring revenue continued to increase growing 
to 41% (2021: 35%), benefitting from the full year impact of the 
acquisition of VadoTech, which supplemented an increase in sales 
of software, long-term service and support contracts, spares, 
maintenance and calibration. The level of recurring revenue is 
now expected to broadly stabilise ahead of new market offerings 
which will be released in the near future.

Group adjusted operating profit increased by 18% to £12.7m 
(2021: £10.8m), a reduction in operating margin of 80bps to 15.8% 
(2021: 16.6%). The reduction in operating margin was entirely 
due to our investments in ABD Solutions and capabilities in terms 
of talent and leadership. Overall Group gross margins improved 
by 70bps to 57.5% (2021: 56.8%) due to an improvement in the 
relative mix between the higher margin track testing sector and 
the lower margin laboratory testing and simulation sector.

Group earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation 
(EBITDA) increased by 21% to £16.4m (2021: £13.5m), an EBITDA 
margin of 20%. The Group delivered strong adjusted operating 
cash flow of £20.7m with the net cash position at year end of 
£29.2m (2021: £22.3m) underpinning a robust balance sheet and 
providing significant funding headroom to support the post-
year-end acquisition of Ansible Motion. The strong year-end 
cash position was delivered despite ongoing investments in new 
product development, our Group-wide ERP system and payment 
of the final earnout of €6m to the previous owners of VadoTech.

Sector review
The track testing business delivered revenue of £64.7m 
(2021: £49.7m), a 30% increase against the prior year, with 
growth in sales of driving robots and ADAS platforms and the 
full year impact of the prior year acquisition, VadoTech. The 
first half of the financial year showed a strong recovery in track 
testing activity levels post-COVID with revenues of £30.4m 
(H1 2021: £20.9m), followed by an even stronger second half 
with revenues of £34.3m (H2 2021: £28.8m). 

Laboratory testing and simulation revenue was flat year-on-
year at £15.6m (2021: £15.7m) against a very strong prior year 
comparator during which revenues grew by 62%. Significant 
growth in simulation sales with high demand for our simulation 
software and aVDS simulators was offset by lower SPMM sales 
due to timing of delivery. The post-year-end acquisition of 
Ansible Motion will enable further development and growth in 
this segment in future years. 

Strategic progress
During the year, the Board conducted its annual strategic review 
which has endorsed the continued focus on building and growing 
the core business, coupled with delivering on the Group’s 
diversification plans through ABD Solutions. This organic-
led growth strategy, compounded through value-enhancing 
acquisitions, enables the Group to set ambitious aspirational 
growth objectives. 

Following the launch of ABD Solutions at the end of the last 
financial year, the Group has made strong progress against 
its stated strategic priorities. ABD Solutions has successfully 
developed the core modular technology required for our initial 
market focus in mining and defence and has been successful in 
winning funded R&D from a major Japanese mining customer and 
a gold mining operation in Greenland.

In the core business the Group has developed and launched 
several new products including the new variant of our driving 
simulator product, the aVDS-HP, aimed at the general 
automotive market.

The Group also expanded its track testing product offering 
to cover ADAS testing dummies, including a market-leading 
articulating pedestrian, a scooter/moped and a motorcycle 
that can be used in conjunction with the LaunchPad 80 and high 
test speeds. A new ADAS platform product, LaunchPad Spin, is 
currently nearing completion, which expands the LaunchPad 
product family to lower speed, high manoeuvrability applications. 
We expect that these new products will be market leading and 
will drive growth in order intake and revenue during 2023.

Towards the end of the financial year the Group launched a new 
market-facing business called AB Simulation, which encompasses 
our physics based simulation software, rFpro, the existing 
AB Dynamics simulator product line and the newly acquired 
Ansible Motion simulator technology to provide a market-
leading range of products to address the growing automotive 
simulation market.

Following our initial investments in 2022, the Group continues to 
build bench strength and capabilities in the senior management 
team with the appointment of a Chief Operating Officer, 
President Asia Pacific, Managing Director AB Simulation 
and Group Operational Excellence Director. In addition to 
these senior hires the Group continues to build out the wider 
capabilities and has initiated a Professional Development 
Programme for leaders of the future. More details of the senior 
management team can be found on page 64, where we describe 
the structure of the Executive Committee (Excom).

The development of our Group-wide ERP system has progressed 
significantly during the year, with the first modules having gone 
live in the UK and the implementation for the wider Group due 
to commence in 2023.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

17

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements“ The Group has delivered a 
strong financial and operational 
performance, with continued 
momentum in our key markets 
and progress against our 
strategic objectives.”

Chief Executive Officer’s review continued

Acquisitions
Shortly after the financial year end, the Group acquired 
Ansible Motion Limited, a UK-based provider of advanced 
simulator solutions to the automotive market, for an initial cash 
consideration of £16.0m and shares in AB Dynamics plc to the 
value of £3.2m. Subject to financial performance in 2023, there 
is a potential earnout payment of up to £12.0m, providing a 
maximum potential consideration of £31.2m.

Ansible Motion designs and manufactures high end motion 
platform systems for Driver-in-the-Loop development of 
vehicle dynamics, ADAS and automated systems and already 
utilises rFpro as its physics based virtual environments. The 
Ansible Motion range of driving simulators complements the 
existing product offering from AB Dynamics and provides a 
comprehensive range of simulators that addresses a wider range 
of simulator applications. 

Ansible Motion will be integrated into the newly formed AB 
Simulation business unit and will be immediately earnings 
accretive and is expected to deliver approximately £12m of 
revenue and approximately £2.2m of adjusted EBIT during 2023.

Following the acquisition of VadoTech Group in March 2021, the 
business has delivered in line with our expectations at the time 
of acquisition and integration has now been fully completed, 
reporting to the President Asia Pacific.

Acquisitions continue to form a key part of the long-term 
strategic development of the Group and we operate a continuous 
process to identify and execute acquisition opportunities. The 
current long-term pipeline remains positive and we expect 
to continue to deliver further value enhancing acquisitions 
moving forward.

Summary
The Group has delivered an outstanding performance against 
a challenging market backdrop which includes the ongoing 
impacts of inflation and supply chain constraints. The financial 
results show further strong progress, delivering record levels 
of order intake, revenue, adjusted EBITDA and cash generation. 
In parallel, the Group has further strengthened in terms of 
strategic position through both organic investments and 
acquisitions and has now fully built out the senior leadership 
and operating capabilities.

We see significant opportunity in our core markets in automotive 
which are supported by long-term structural and regulatory 
growth drivers, and are continuing to invest in new product 
development and technology. In addition, we are investing 
in new technologies to diversify the business into attractive 
adjacent markets through ABD Solutions.

Momentum into the early part of the new financial year 
has been encouraging, supported by a solid order book providing 
good visibility through the first half. Whilst being mindful of 
ongoing supply chain disruption and wider economic uncertainty, 
the Board remains confident that the Group will make further 
financial and strategic progress this year and its expectations 
for FY 2023 are unchanged.

Our market drivers both in our core business and in ABD 
Solutions remain strong. Despite some potential short-term 
headwinds relating to global macroeconomic conditions, this 
backdrop, along with the Group’s recent investments in capability 
and new products, provides confidence of delivering continued 
progress in 2023 and beyond.

Dr James Routh
Chief Executive Officer
23 November 2022

18

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsQ&A with Dr James Routh

Driving 
forward

Social

Staff celebration of 40-year anniversary

This year marks the 40th anniversary of AB Dynamics.  
The business started in 1982 supplying noise, vibration and 
suspension engineering services to the automotive industry. 
Since then, AB Dynamics has grown into an international 
group of businesses employing more than 500 staff across 
three continents.

This achievement has only been made possible by  
the incredible talent within the Company that enables  
the business to grow and reach its strategic goals.  
To acknowledge this we invited employees to the 
headquarters in Bradford on Avon for a celebration event.  
It was an opportunity to bring all the teams together to 
enjoy games, wood-fired pizza, ice cream and a pop-up bar.

The event helped to recognise and thank the people in 
the business, whilst also encouraging an environment of 
teamwork and communication.

Tell us about AB Simulation  
and Ansible Motion?

How has the Group’s ESG  
strategy progressed?

As the market for advanced simulators and simulation software 
continues to grow and develop, we have made the strategic 
decision to establish AB Simulation to capitalise on the 
opportunities in this sector. AB Dynamics already had a strong 
position in driving simulators through the aVDS product range 
and in physics-based simulation software through rFpro, and 
the acquisition of Ansible Motion expands the driving simulator 
product range and adds significant R&D and manufacturing 
capability. The combined business now has a comprehensive 
product, technology and commercial offering.

What progress has ABD Solutions  
made since launching in 2021?

ABD Solutions has made significant technical and commercial 
progress during the year. From a standing start we have created 
a highly capable team with a combination of both internal 
and external talent and established the brand and market 
proposition. We have successfully demonstrated the core 
technology on articulated, hydrostatically steered mining  
trucks, including the integration of sensor technology and 
perception algorithms. 

In parallel, we were successful in gaining R&D funding from 
a major Japanese mining customer who will further assist us 
in refining the applications specific elements of the control 
software and gain system sales in the region.

How is the balance of focus being 
maintained between the core business  
and ABD Solutions?

We are of course committed to our core business in terms 
of continuous investment in new product development, 
expanding our capabilities and working in partnership with our 
customers on new technologies. In parallel, we have invested 
into ABD Solutions to provide a degree of diversification 
by market sector. Both areas are equally important and are 
subject to a balanced approach in terms of management focus.

ESG is an intrinsic part of our stated strategic purpose and 
during the year we have significantly developed our ESG strategy 
by refining our ESG operating model and engaging with an 
independent adviser on ESG strategy and disclosure. Earlier in 
the year we were proud to have gained MSCI AA rating, as well as 
ISO 14001 in our UK and German operations. We have increased 
our environmental disclosure to ensure we have a clear baseline 
on which to base our CO2 reduction activities towards our 2030 
goal of becoming carbon neutral. We have redefined our CSR 
criteria and expanded our employee engagement programme 
and for another year we continue to be proud of our strong 
health and safety record.

What does the future look like  
for the Group?

The Group has a strong track record of both organic and 
acquisitive growth. Our resilient business model is supported by 
long-term regulatory and structural growth drivers in the fields 
of ADAS, electrification and automation of vehicle applications. 
These growth drivers, coupled with our ongoing investment in 
new products and technology, capabilities and talent, position  
AB Dynamics very well for ongoing future growth.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

19

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOperational review – Track testing

Advancement of ADAS testing 
solutions and broadened portfolio 
drives growth

The Group operates a test facility in Bakersfield, USA, where 
testing of ADAS systems and vehicle dynamics is performed 
using the ABD track testing product range for OEMs, technology 
developers and government agencies.

In China the Group provides on-road vehicle testing services for 
the assessment of all aspects of vehicle performance, particularly 
focusing on electric vehicle performance, charging capability and 
vehicle connectivity.

  The market drivers for growth in the track testing sector are 
detailed in our markets and strategy section on page 8

Introduction

The Group’s track testing sector provides products and services 
utilised on proving grounds, test tracks and public roads to 
evaluate the performance of vehicle active safety systems, 
autonomous technologies, electric vehicles and vehicle dynamics. 
The sector is broadly split into the three primary sub-sectors 
of driving robots, ADAS platforms and testing services and 
all track based systems are controlled by our comprehensive 
control software.

Driving robots are used to replace a test driver in the 
vehicle under test to provide highly accurate and repeatable 
driving performance and can be delivered through direct 
electromechanical actuation or via drive-by-wire systems. The 
driving robot system is controlled by the Group’s Synchro or 
Ground Traffic Control software and integrates with other test 
objects including the ADAS test platforms.

ADAS test platforms are used as vehicle or vulnerable road user 
(e.g. pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists) objects in each test 
scenario and include the GST and LaunchPad. The GST is a very 
low-profile electric vehicle onto which a radar representative 
soft car is mounted. The LaunchPad has similar characteristics 
to the GST but is smaller and used to mount other potential 
objects such as pedestrians, cyclists and motorcycles. In both 
cases, the platforms are designed to withstand failed tests 
whereby the vehicle under test strikes the test object and moves 
over the platform. The ADAS platforms are controlled and 
synchronised with the vehicle under test by our comprehensive 
suite of software.

20

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Highlights 2022

•  AB Dynamics’ newest range of ADAS platforms (GST 120 and 
LaunchPad 80) approved as test tools for official Euro NCAP 
testing

•  New test requirements aimed at protecting motorcyclists 

drive strong demand for LaunchPad 80 

•  Increased demand for driving robots to support core 

vehicle development and development of new electric 
vehicle models

•  Requirements for automated driving functions fulfilled 
using guided soft targets as Mercedes-Benz introduces 
‘Drive Pilot’ (first approved level 3 Automated Lane 
Keeping System (ALKS))

•  Group collaboration sees the launch of next generation 
of VRU ADAS targets including new pedestrian and 
motorcycle dummy

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOperational review – Track testing continued

Financial performance
The track testing business delivered revenue of £64.7m (2021: £49.7m), 
a 30% increase against the prior year and a 32% increase at 
constant currency. The first half of the financial year showed a 
strong recovery in track testing activity levels post-COVID-19 
with revenues of £30.4m (H1 2021: £20.9m), followed by an even 
stronger second half with revenues of £34.3m (H2 2021: £28.8m). 

The track testing performance was driven by notable sales 
growth across driving robots, ADAS platforms and testing 
services following the recovery of order intake in H2 2021. The 
full year impact of the prior year acquisition, VadoTech, delivered 
an additional £4.3m of revenue. 

Order intake within track testing was significantly higher than 
revenue, with orders strongly weighted to the second half of 
the financial year. Overall book to bill ratios were positive for all 
track testing product categories, including driving robots, which 
provides confidence for FY 2023.

Driving robot sales increased 22% to £20.6m (2021: £16.9m), 
following the recovery of order intake during H2 2021. The 
Group expects continued moderate growth in driving robots 
once new regulatory requirements for new ADAS technologies 
are released.

Revenues in ADAS platforms increased 31% to £29.7m 
(2021: £22.7m) due to the strong first half of the financial year 
with revenue recovering strongly in H1 to £13.3m (H1 2021: 
£9.6m). Demand for ADAS platforms, particularly the LaunchPad 
family of products, continues to build, in particular the Group’s 
new LaunchPad 80 product used for testing higher speed objects 
such as motorcycles. The Group also launched the GST 120 during 
the year, providing the ability to test up to 120 kph and providing 
enhanced deceleration capabilities through its anti-lock braking 
system (ABS). The LaunchPad 80 and the GST 120 have now been 
approved as official Euro NCAP testing equipment, which will 
further strengthen demand. 

The regulatory trend towards multi-object test scenarios will 
further drive demand for a range of platforms that meet these 
test requirements, including platforms to carry a range of objects 
(e.g. pedestrian dummies, cyclists, scooters, motorcycles, etc.) 
that can operate at a range of speeds and can interact with 
a variety of test vehicles from passenger cars to commercial 
vehicles. The recent launch of a range of ADAS testing dummies, 
including an articulated pedestrian and a motorcycle further 
expand the Group’s offering in this area.

Revenue related to the provision of testing services increased 
43% to £14.4m (2021: £10.1m) due to the full year impact of the 
acquisition of VadoTech Group in the prior year, partly offset by a 
weaker performance at DRI. Track testing operations at DRI were 
impacted due to the US government delaying the award of new 
contracts from the government agency NHTSA.

Progress during the year

The Group continues to build customer relationships, drive 
improvement in revenue and gross margins and invest in new 
product development to meet the growing demand from 
manufacturers and test providers to keep up to date with 
changes in regulations. 

The growth in testing volume and complexity continues to drive 
demand for ADAS platforms and driving robots that are both 
more capable and more versatile. To recognise the need for new 
test tools, this year Euro NCAP updated its listing of equipment 
used in official testing to include AB Dynamics’ latest and most 
capable platforms (LaunchPad 80 and GST 120). These, together 
with the new articulating dummy and soft motorcycle 360, the 
Group continues to expand its end-to-end market offering.

The Group delivered continued growth in the proportion of 
recurring revenue through further success in the sales of tiered 
service and support packages to the existing customer base.

“ All AB Dynamics platforms are 
now included on the official Euro 
NCAP listing of test equipment.” 

Track testing revenue

£m

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

34.3

30.4

28.8

29.6

26.8

23.0

18.7

22.2

20.9

14.2

11.8

8.6

2017 
H1

2017
H2

2018
H1

2018
H2

2019
H1

2019
H2

2020
H1

2020
H2

2021
H1

2021
H2

2022
H1

2022
H2

COVID-19

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

21

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOperational review – Track testing continued

Principal operations
The track testing sector principally operates from the AB 
Dynamics headquarters in Bradford on Avon (UK), with sales 
and support offices located in Giessen and Munich (Germany), 
Yokohama (Japan) and Wixom (Michigan, USA). The track testing 
services business is based in Torrance and Bakersfield (California, 
USA). The on-road testing services business is based in Beijing 
(China) with a regional HQ in Singapore.

Track testing sales growth (£m) – CAGR 36% 

2022

2021

2020

2019

64.7

49.7

51.8

49.8

Product sales breakdown

P		
£64.7m32+

£20.6m 
  Driving robots  
  ADAS platforms 
£29.7m
  Track testing services  £14.4m 

“ New regulatory requirements 
driving growth.”

Growth potential 

The anticipated launch of Euro NCAP’s new roadmap 
for 2025-2030 brings the prospect of further new test 
requirements, including:

•  New tests for automated driving functions

•  Enhancements to vehicle safety assist functions

•  The inclusion of testing of heavy trucks, expanding the 
newly introduced commercial vehicle rating scheme

•  Additional and enhanced categories of test targets 

to complement diversity in road users and increased 
sophistication of sensors

AB Dynamics contributes to the development of the Euro 
NCAP roadmap for safer vehicles through participation in 
industry collaboration projects, such as Safety Enhancement 
through Connected Users on the Road (SECUR), a consortium 
project set up to establish test methods for evaluating 
connected vehicle technology.

22

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements46
+
+
22
+
+
Operational review – Laboratory testing and simulation

Strong operational delivery and 
ongoing organic and acquisitive 
investment in simulation

Introduction

The Group’s laboratory testing and simulation sector provides 
advanced products used to characterise the dynamics of vehicles 
and replicate the real world in a simulated environment for 
applications such as vehicle dynamics, ADAS and autonomy. 
The sector is split into two primary sub-sectors of laboratory 
testing equipment such as Suspension Parameter Measurement 
Machines (SPMM) and simulation.

In simulation the Group provides both physical simulators 
and advanced, physics based simulation software. Simulators 
are used by both automotive manufacturers and motorsport 
teams to accurately represent the real world utilising the rFpro 
software, coupled with state-of-the-art, high frequency response 
and low latency motion platforms and static driving simulators. 
Parameters such as vehicle dynamics, tyres, environmental 
conditions, material properties, sensors and light conditions 
(including shadows and reflections) can be adjusted, and the 
variance simulated in a highly accurate model.

The Group’s SPMM products are large scale testing rigs used to 
characterise the kinematics and compliance of vehicles. These 
machines are widely used by automotive OEMs and tier one 
suppliers to characterise vehicle dynamics, as well as providing 
vital input data to be used in simulation. The ANVH product is 
a testing machine used to optimise suspension systems early in 
the development cycle to reduce noise, vibration and harshness 
(NVH) transmission to the vehicle cabin. This is particularly 
useful in electric vehicles, where road noise and vibration 
are the predominant source of noise.

“ Our simulation sector continues 
to perform well, supported 
by our organic and acquisitive 
investment in capability and 
market growth drivers.”

Highlights 2022

•  Good simulation growth of 12% against a very strong 

prior year comparator with a particularly strong increase 
in sales of rFpro software

•  Delivery of the new, highly capable aVDS-HP simulator to a 
major automotive OEM and its subsequent market launch

•  The Group delivered SPMM number 40 to Toyota in 

Japan, highlighting the longevity and market-leading 
performance of our kinematics and compliance capability

•  Post-year-end acquisition of Ansible Motion in the UK 
expands the simulator product portfolio to address a 
wider range of applications and will be immediately 
earnings accretive

•  Acquisition of simulator technology intellectual property 
will further accelerate simulator product development 
with the intention of releasing new products to market 
in late 2023

•  A new market facing business unit formed during the year 
and includes rFpro (acquired in 2019) and Ansible Motion 
acquired post-year-end

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

23

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOperational review – Laboratory testing and simulation continued

Financial performance
The laboratory testing and simulation revenue was flat year-on-
year at £15.6m (2021: £15.7m) against a very strong prior year 
comparator during which revenues grew by 62%.

Simulation delivered robust revenue growth of 12% to £10.4m 
(2021: £9.3m), which was particularly strong given the prior year 
revenue growth of 98%. This was driven by the strong order book 
for our aVDS simulators at the start of the financial year and 
significant growth in revenues from rFpro, following investment 
in a number of new capabilities and features. The post-year-end 
acquisition of Ansible Motion will enhance our product range, 
supporting continued growth.

Revenues in laboratory testing equipment (including SPMM) 
declined by 19% to £5.2m (2021: £6.4m), entirely due to timing 
of revenue recognition against long-term SPMM contract builds. 
The market conditions remain strong and supportive and the 
order book for SPMM machines supports continued progress 
during FY 2023.

“ The acquisition of Ansible 
Motion enhances the Group’s 
product range, capability and 
customer base.”

Progress during the year
The Group has made strong progress during the year, particularly 
in the growth of our simulation business. The strong order book 
at the beginning of the financial year provided a good platform 
for sales of our aVDS simulator products and rFpro delivered a 
very strong commercial performance across both automotive 
and motorsport customers.

The aVDS-HP simulator development was completed and 
delivered to a major UK based automotive OEM, expanding our 
product family to deliver increased vertical displacement and 
class-leading latency and frequency response. rFpro created 
a number of new features during the year, including highly 
accurate headlight modelling. The Group also made significant 
progress for our SaaS version of rFpro ready on launch in 2023.

The acquisition of Ansible Motion and background intellectual 
property relating to simulator technology enables the Group to 
provide a full family of simulator products to address the wide 
range of applications in mainstream automotive, motorsport 
and autonomy. The newly formed AB Simulation business unit 
now allows the Group to go to market with a clear marketing 
strategy, utilising the existing ABD sales network in our key 
geographic markets.

Ansible Motion also now provides an additional R&D and 
manufacturing facility in Norfolk, UK, and the combined team 
of engineers and technologists are working collaboratively on 
new technologies.

The Group was very proud to have delivered the 40th SPMM 
system, the SPMM Plus, to a major Japanese OEM, marking 
a milestone in this long-standing product which has been 
supplied to global customers for the past 25 years. The product 
has evolved significantly over this period to be the leading 
kinematics and compliance test machine in the market.

Laboratory testing and simulation

£m

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

9.3

8.2

7.4

6.4

5.4

5.1

4.6

3.0

2.8

2.2

2.0

1.1

2017 
H1

2017
H2

2018
H1

2018
H2

2019
H1

2019
H2

2020
H1

2020
H2

2021
H1

2021
H2

2022
H1

2022
H2

COVID-19

24

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOperational review – Laboratory testing and simulation continued

Principal operations
The laboratory testing and simulation sector principally operates 
from the AB Dynamics headquarters in Bradford on Avon (UK), 
with sales and support offices located in Giessen and Munich 
(Germany), Yokohama (Japan) and Wixom (Michigan, USA). The 
recently acquired Ansible Motion business provides an additional 
R&D and manufacturing facility in Norwich (UK). The simulation 
focused business of rFpro is based in Romsey (UK) and Wixom 
(Michigan, USA).

Laboratory testing and simulation sales 
growth (£m) – CAGR 40% 

2022

2021

2020

2019

15.6

15.7

9.7

8.2

Growth potential 

•  Drive to utilise simulation to accelerate product 

development and reduce product development risk 
in automotive

•  Significant scope for expansion of rFpro simulation 

software capability as autonomous simulation matures, 
requiring more complex analysis

•  Expansion of simulator product range through the 
acquisition of Ansible Motion and investment in 
background intellectual property provide significant 
scope for growth in simulator product sales 

•  Requirements for integrated tool chains between the 
virtual and physical world lead to opportunities to 
combine simulation with track test products

•  Electrification of vehicles will drive more demand for 
simulation and SPMM machines to optimise vehicle 
dynamics with revised mass and centre of gravity

Product sales breakdown

£10.4m 
£5.2m 

P		
£15.6m67+

  Simulation  
  Laboratory testing 

“ Our continued organic and 
acquisitive investment in 
simulation underpins the market 
need to accelerate automated 
vehicle development.”

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

25

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements33
+
+
Chief Financial Officer’s review

Delivering growth in revenue and operating 
profit and strong cash generation

Adjusted operating profit by half years 

£m

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

8.0

7.3

7.0

5.7

3.3

3.5

2020
H1

2020
H2

2021
H1

2021
H2

2022
H1

2022
H2

Sarah Matthews-DeMers, Chief Financial Officer 

“ The Group’s strong cash 
generation enabled investment 
in the business.”

26

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Revenue by geography

P	P	
£80.3m24+

  UK/Europe  
  Asia Pacific 
  North America 
  Rest of World 

24% 
51% 
24% 
1%

Overview
Against a backdrop of macroeconomic conditions that remain 
challenging, the Group has delivered a strong performance, 
whilst also continuing to invest to capitalise on the significant 
long-term structural and regulatory growth drivers within 
its markets.

The Group has managed supply chain disruptions through 
accelerating procurement and flexible production scheduling, 
with inflationary cost pressures managed through 
implementation of price increases for new orders.

Revenue increased by 23%, with the recovery of sales to China 
and a full year’s contribution from VadoTech, albeit against a 
weak prior year comparative in which the first half was impacted 
by the COVID-19 pandemic. 

Gross margins increased by 70 bps at 57.5% (2021: 56.8%), driven 
by the mix effect of a higher proportion of track testing revenue 
and supported by effective customer pricing leverage. 

Adjusted operating profit of £12.7m increased by 18% against the 
prior year with the gearing impact of additional revenue offset 
by investment in the existing business and in ABD Solutions, the 
Group’s new market-facing business unit that develops solutions 
to automate vehicle applications, resulting in an adjusted operating 
margin of 15.8%, down 80bps on the prior year, as expected. 

Excluding the investment in ABD Solutions, the 23% increase 
in revenue would have dropped through to a 30% increase in 
operating profit and operating margin of 17.5%. 

The Group maintained its very strong financial position, with net 
cash at 31 August 2022 of £29.2m underpinning a robust balance 
sheet and providing the resources to continue the Group’s 
investment programme. 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements51
+
+
24
+
1
+
+
Chief Financial Officer’s review continued

Trading performance
Revenue increased by 23% to £80.3m (2021: £65.4m) despite 
supply chain disruption driven by recovery of sales across 
all areas of the business and a full year’s contribution from 
VadoTech, the acquisition made during the prior year. Organic 
revenue increased by 18%, against a prior year comparative in 
which the first half of the year was affected by COVID-19. 

The proportion of recurring revenue increased to 41%, providing 
an increased level of resilience. 

Track testing revenue of £64.7m was up 30% against the prior 
year (£49.7m), reflecting increases across driving robots, ADAS 
platforms and testing services following the recovery of order 
intake during H2 2021. The full year impact of VadoTech resulted 
in revenue related to the provision of testing services increasing 
to £14.4m (2021: £10.1m). ABD Solutions added £0.5m of revenue 
as part of an initial development contract with an industrial 
equipment supplier in Japan for a driverless retrofit solution for 
mining vehicles. 

Laboratory testing and simulation remained broadly flat on the 
prior year at £15.6m (2021: £15.7m) reflecting a significant growth 
in simulation sales with high demand for our simulation software 
and aVDS simulators, offset by lower SPMM sales due to timing 
of delivery. The post-year-end acquisition of Ansible Motion 
will enable further development and growth in this segment 
in future years.

Gross margins increased by 70 bps to 57.5% (2021: 56.8%), 
impacted by a higher proportion of track testing revenue, which 
is higher margin than the Group’s other products, and supported 
by effective pricing management. 

Adjusted operating profit of £12.7m increased 18% against 2021, 
with a reduction in adjusted operating margin to 15.8% (2021: 
16.6%), as expected. This was impacted by the investment of 
£1.3m in ABD Solutions, the Group’s new market-facing business 
unit that develops solutions to automate vehicle applications, 
as well as continued investment in the existing business.

Adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and 
amortisation (EBITDA) increased by 21% to £16.4m (2021: £13.5m). 
Return on sales (defined as EBITDA divided by revenue) was 
20.4% (2021: 20.6%), a decrease of 20 bps.

Net finance costs were £0.4m (2021: £0.4m), comprising lease 
interest and the unwinding of the discounted value of the 
deferred consideration on VadoTech. 

Adjusted profit before tax was £12.4m (2021: £10.4m).

The Group adjusted tax charge totalled £2.2m (2021: £1.9m), an 
adjusted effective tax rate of 17.7% (2021: 18.2%). The effective 
tax rate is lower than the current UK corporation tax rate due 
to allowances for research and development and Patent Box. In 
future years the effective tax rate is expected to increase along 
with the UK corporation tax rate.

Adjusted diluted earnings per share was 44.5p (2021: 37.4p), 
an increase of 19%, reflecting the increase in operating profit 
and the reduction in the tax rate.

Adjustments totalled £7.5m (2021: £6.6m), of which £5.5m 
related to amortisation of acquired intangible assets, 
£0.3m to costs in relation to acquisitions and £1.7m to ERP 
development costs. 

Statutory operating profit increased by 24% to £5.2m 
(2021: £4.2m), with statutory profit before tax up 29% to 
£4.9m (2021: £3.8m). The statutory tax charge was £1.0m 
(2021: £0.8m), leaving statutory profit after tax of £3.9m 
(2021: £3.0m). Statutory basic earnings per share was 17.3p 
(2021: 13.2p). A reconciliation of statutory to underlying non-GAAP 
financial measures is provided on page 28. 

Return on capital employed (ROCE)
Our capital-efficient business and high margins enable 
generation of strong ROCE (defined as adjusted operating profit 
as a percentage of capital employed). During the year, ROCE 
has increased from 11.5% to 14.2% as a result of the full year 
contribution from the investment in VadoTech, acquired in the 
previous year.

Cash generation
Operating activities generated adjusted cash inflow of £20.7m 
(2021: £16.0m) with cash conversion of 126% (2021: 118%) after 
a reduction in working capital of £3.2m. After paying tax of 
£0.7m, deferred consideration on the acquisition of VadoTech 
of £5.1m and dividends of £1.1m, this allowed us to invest £3.8m 
in property, plant and equipment and product development.

Net cash at the end of the year was £29.2m (2021: £22.3m), which 
allowed us to fund the acquisition of Ansible Motion after the 
year end. 

Acquisitions
After the year end, on 20 September 2022, the Group acquired 
100% of Ansible Motion Limited for initial consideration of 
£19.2m with deferred contingent consideration of up to £12.0m. 

The initial consideration comprised cash of £16.0m and £3.2m of 
new ordinary shares in AB Dynamics plc issued to the vendors. 

Ansible Motion has a strong record of profitable and cash 
generative growth. Based on unaudited accounts, in the year 
ended 31 March 2022 Ansible Motion generated revenue of 
£8.0m (2021: £5.4m), earnings before interest, tax, depreciation 
and amortisation (EBITDA) of £1.9m (2021: £0.8m) and operating 
profit of £1.8m (2021: £0.7m). 

The deferred contingent consideration is subject to certain 
performance criteria being achieved for the year ending 
31 August 2023.

Research and development
While research and development forms a significant part of 
the Group’s activities, a significant proportion relates to specific 
customer programmes which are included in the cost of the 
product. Development costs of £1.7m (2021: £1.2m) have been 
capitalised in relation to projects for which there are a number of 
near-term sales opportunities. Other research and development 
costs, all of which have been written off to the profit and loss 
account as incurred, total £0.4m (2021: £0.5m).

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

27

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsChief Financial Officer’s review continued

Foreign currency exposure
The Group faces currency exposure on its foreign currency 
transactions and translation exposure in relation to its 
overseas subsidiaries.

The Group maintains a natural hedge whenever possible to 
transactional exposure by matching the cash inflows and 
outflows in the respective currencies. 

Foreign exchange translation has provided a minor headwind 
on revenue and profit, with the movement in the stronger US 
dollar, offset by the weaker Euro and Yen. On a constant currency 
basis, restating the current year at 2021 average exchange rates, 
revenue would have been £0.7m higher and adjusted operating 
profit £0.1m higher.

Year-end rate

US dollar

Euro 

Yen

Average rate

US dollar

Euro

Yen

 2022

 2021

1.16

1.15

161

1.31

1.19

158

1.37

1.16

151

1.36

1.15

145

Dividends
The Board is recommending a final dividend of 3.54p per share, 
giving a total dividend for the year of 5.3p per share, which is 
an increase of 10% over the prior year, continuing the Board’s 
progressive dividend policy.

Alternative performance measures

In the analysis of the Group’s financial performance and position, operating results and cash flows, alternative performance measures 
are presented to provide readers with additional information. The principal measures presented are adjusted measures of earnings 
including adjusted operating profit, adjusted operating margin, adjusted profit before tax, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted earnings 
per share. 

The Annual Report includes both statutory and adjusted non-GAAP financial measures, the latter of which the Directors believe 
better reflect the underlying performance of the business and provide a more meaningful comparison of how the business is managed 
and measured on a day-to-day basis. The Group’s alternative performance measures and KPIs are aligned to the Group’s strategy and 
together are used to measure the performance of the business and form the basis of the performance measures for remuneration. 
Adjusted results exclude certain items because, if included, these items could distort the understanding of the performance for the 
year and the comparability between the periods. 

We provide comparatives alongside all current year figures. The term ‘adjusted’ is not defined under IFRS and may not be comparable 
with similarly titled measures used by other companies. All profit and earnings per share figures in this Annual Report relate to 
underlying business performance (as defined above) unless otherwise stated. 

A reconciliation of adjusted measures to statutory measures is provided below:

EBITDA (£m)

Operating profit (£m)

Operating margin (%)

Profit before tax (£m)

Taxation (£m)

Profit after tax (£m)

Diluted earnings per share (pence)

Cash flow from operations (£m)

2022

2021

Statutory

Adjustments

Adjusted

Statutory

Adjustments

Adjusted

14.4

5.2

6.5

4.9

0.9

3.9

17.1

18.7

2.0

7.5

9.3

7.5

1.3

6.3

27.4

2.0

16.4

12.7

15.8

12.4

2.2

10.2

44.5

20.7

11.3

4.2

6.4

3.8

0.8

3.0

13.1

14.3

2.2

6.6

10.2

6.6

1.1

5.5

24.3

1.7

13.5

10.8

16.6

10.4

1.9

8.5

37.4

16.0

28

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsChief Financial Officer’s review continued

Alternative performance measures 
continued

The adjustments comprise:

Net cash
The reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents to net cash is 
as follows:

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Acquisition related costs

ERP development costs

Adjustments

 2022
£m

5.5

0.3

1.7

7.5

 2021
£m

4.4

0.8

1.4

6.6

Amortisation of acquired intangibles
The amortisation relates to the businesses acquired in previous 
years, DRI, rFpro and VadoTech.

Acquisition related costs
The costs in the current year relate to the acquisition of Ansible 
Motion Limited which completed on 20 September 2022, after 
the year end. The costs incurred during 2021 relate to the 
acquisition of the VadoTech Group as well as staff retention 
payments to the employees of rFpro. 

ERP development costs
These costs relate to the development, configuration and 
customisation of the Group’s new ERP system which is hosted 
on the cloud. 

Cash and cash equivalents

Lease liabilities

Return on capital employed (ROCE)
ROCE is calculated as follows:

Adjusted operating profit

Shareholders’ equity

Net cash

Deferred tax

Deferred consideration

 2022
£m

30.1

(0.9)

29.2

 2022
£m

12.7

112.0

(29.2)

6.4

—

89.2

 2021
£m

23.3

(1.0)

22.3

 2021
£m

10.8

105.0

(22.3)

6.6

4.9

94.2

Return on capital employed

14.2%

11.5%

Taxation
The tax impact of these adjustments was as follows: amortisation 
of £0.8m (2021: £0.7m), acquisition related costs of £0.1m (2021: 
£0.1m) and ERP development costs of £0.3m (2021: £0.3m).

Sarah Matthews-DeMers
Chief Financial Officer  
23 November 2022 

Capital allocation

Capital allocation framework to deliver 
sustainable compounding growth as well  
as growing returns to shareholders.

1.

Continuous organic 
investment  
and innovation to 
protect and grow  
core business

2.
Organic investment into 
ABD Solutions driving 
growth in adjacent 
markets by leveraging 
core technology

Disciplined approach to investment, returns 
and capital efficiency

3.

Complementary 
acquisitions 
contributing to one  
or more of the  
Group’s stated  
strategies

4.

Progressive 
dividend policy 
resumed following 
a pause through 
COVID-19 pandemic

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

29

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsKey performance indicators

Clear performance measures that 
highlight sustainable value creation

Growth of the business, quality of earnings  
and efficient use of resources are crucial target 
areas for AB Dynamics and we employ a number 
of performance measures to monitor them.  
The KPIs used to monitor the financial 
performance of the business are set  
out opposite.

These KPIs enable progress to be monitored on 
the implementation of the Group strategy, level 
of investment and business development.

Financial figures

Revenue

£80.3m +23%

2022

2021

2020

2019

Adjusted operating profit 

£12.7m +18%

65.4

61.5

58.0

80.3

2022

2021

2020

2019

10.8

11.3

12.7

12.9

Definition
Revenue is measured as the value, net of sales taxes, of 
goods sold and services provided to customers.

Reason for choice
This is a key driver for the business, enabling us to track 
our progress in increasing market share by product 
and by region. 

Definition
Earnings before interest, tax, amortisation of acquired 
intangibles, acquisition costs and other adjustments for  
one-off non-recurring items. 

Reason for choice
Adjusted operating profit provides a consistent year-on-year 
measure of the trading performance of the Group’s operations. 

Comment on results
The growth was driven by an increase in demand for robots 
and ADAS platforms as well as the full year contribution 
from VadoTech.

Comment on results
The increase in revenue and improvement in gross margin 
were partially offset by continuing investment in the business, 
particularly in ABD Solutions.

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

30

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsKey performance indicators continued

Key to strategy

  Product and innovation

  Diversification

  Capability and capacity

  Service and support

  Acquisitive growth

International footprint

Financial figures continued

Adjusted diluted EPS 

44.5p +19%

Adjusted operating cash flow 

£20.7m +29%

Return on capital employed

14.2% +270bps

2022

2021

2020

2019

44.5

37.4

39.9

2022

2021

2020

2019

51.4

20.7

16.0

2022

2021

2020

2019

6.9

10.5

11.5

14.2

15.2

19.3

Definition

Definition

Definition

Profit after tax excluding amortisation of acquired 
intangibles, acquisition costs and other adjustments for 
one-off non-recurring items, divided by the fully diluted 
weighted average number of shares.

Reason for choice

This measure is designed to include the effective 
management of interest costs and the tax charge and 
measure the total return achieved for shareholders.

Comment on results

Adjusted diluted EPS increased by 19% as a result of the 
increase in adjusted operating profit and reduction in the 
tax rate. 

Cash flow for operating activities adjusted for acquisition 
costs and other adjustments for one-off non-recurring 
payments or receipts.

Adjusted operating profit as a percentage of capital 
employed, defined as shareholders’ funds less net cash held, 
deferred tax and deferred consideration.

Reason for choice

This provides a measure of the cash generated by the Group’s 
trading. It represents the cash that is generated to fund 
capital expenditure, interest payments, tax and dividends. 

Comment on results

Adjusted operating cash flow increased by 29% to £20.7m as a 
result of improved working capital. Cash conversion was 126% 
(2021: 118%).

Reason for choice

This measures efficient use of capital.

Comment on results

ROCE increased from 11.5% to 14.2% in the year due to the 
full year contribution of VadoTech, acquired during 2021. 

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

31

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
ABD Solutions

Making progress with ABD Solutions

Highlights 2022

•  ABD Solutions successfully developed the core modular 
technology required for its targeted areas of penetration

•  Won a funded development contract from a major 

Japanese mining customer

•  Signed Memorandum of Understanding with a large 

mining customer in Greenland

•  Launched Indigo Drive its end-to-end system to make 

existing fleets driverless 

Introduction

Since launching in the prior year, ABD Solutions has progressed 
well against its strategic objectives and has been successful 
in developing its core modular technology required for 
the Group’s targeted adjacent markets. ABD Solutions was 
successful in winning a funded development contract from 
a major Japanese mining customer, as well as signing a 
Memorandum of Understanding with another large mining 
customer in Greenland, Amaroq plc.

In September 2022 ABD Solutions launched Indigo Drive at 
the Defence Vehicle Dynamics 2022 exhibit. Indigo Drive is an 
end-to-end system which is vehicle-agnostic and retrofittable, 
allowing any land vehicle to be automated. 

Vehicle automation can bring significant improvements 
to safety by removing people from high-risk areas as well 
as providing increased operational efficiency, resulting in 
a reduction in fuel consumption and vehicle emissions. A 
retrofittable solution also maximises the investment of 
existing high-value assets by significantly extending their 
usable life. 

32

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

“ Our vehicle-agnostic, 
retrofittable autonomy systems 
provide safety and efficiency 
improvements rapidly and  
cost-effectively and we strive to 
bring autonomy to any fleet, even 
in the harshest environments.”

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsABD Solutions architecture

Vehicle Actuation

•  Mechanical Robots

•  Drive by Wire

•  CAN 

•  J1939

ECU

Vehicle Autonomy

Object Detection

•  LiDAR

•  Camera

•  InfraRed

•  Radar

“ ABD Solutions enables the Group 
to build a broader based business 
and diversify across a wide range 
of industrial sectors.”

Technology  
Partners/ Integration

•  Indoor Positioning 

•  Electrification and Hybrid 

Propulsion 

•  Sensors 

•  OEMs

•  Site Ops/ Management 

Systems

Vehicle Communications

Vehicle Diagnostics

•  Data Analytics 

•  Radio

•  V2X

•  Satellite

•  GPS/GNSS

•  Indoor and Outdoor

Vehicle Management

•  Telemetry

•  OBD2

•  CAN/J1939

•  Sensors

Fleet Management System

Mining and Heavy Industry

Defence

Agriculture

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

33

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsESG Strategy

Embedding sustainability

Health  
and safety

Our people

Ethics and 
compliance

Environmental  
leadership

Sustainable 
products

34

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Sustainability roadmap

As a Group it is our core purpose to accelerate our customers’ 
drive towards net zero emissions, and to improve road safety 
and the automation of vehicle applications. We do this through 
leadership and innovation in engineering and technology and we 
are well placed to support the transition towards a more socially 
and environmentally sustainable economy. It is our responsibility 
to continually improve our own ESG credentials, as well as support 
our customers and suppliers as they do the same. Sustainability 
principles lie at the very core of our business. By enhancing the 
safety of vehicles for all road users through the provision of 
our products and services, we seek to deploy our technology to 
improve road safety. One of our key objectives, a reduction of 
road based injuries and fatalities, is fundamentally aligned to 
ESG principles. More recently we have broadened our scope to 
improve safety in other potentially dangerous environments like 
defence and mining. Furthermore, we play a role in facilitating our 
customers’ drive towards zero emissions through the automation 
of vehicles and our simulation products. 

Following the creation of an ESG Committee during 2021, the 
Board and our ESG Committee have accelerated our ESG agenda 
in FY 2022, focusing on areas that would have the most impact, 
while building on our existing sustainability commitments and 
practices. This year we will focus on initiatives to reduce our CO2 
emissions, waste and water usage and collect the data required 
to accurately measure these metrics, which will enable us to set 
detailed targets in future years. We continue to focus on the 
health, safety and wellbeing of our employees and diversity and 
inclusion, as well as improving the monitoring of our suppliers. We 
recognise that improving our ESG performance, and enhancing 
our disclosure, is critical and we will report further as our 
plans develop.

Our key ESG achievements since our last Annual Report include:

•  We have achieved ISO 14001 accreditation for our 

Environmental Management System, covering our UK 
and German operations

•  We have Group-wide data collection for waste generation, 

to create a baseline year for targets

•  Once again, we recorded no fatalities or reportable or lost time 

incidents in the year, maintaining our high safety standards

•  All Anthony Best Dynamics Limited’s premises now use 
renewable energy sources to power their operations

•  We maintained high levels of employee engagement with 

surveys and other initiatives such as an electric vehicle salary 
sacrifice scheme and a mid-year salary increase to staff in 
recognition of the cost of living crisis

Our priorities for the next twelve months

•  Continue to build on our medium-term plan of achieving 

carbon neutrality by 2030 

•  Determine our baseline emissions and enhance our Scope 3 

emissions disclosure

•  Enhance and further develop our corporate social 

responsibility (CSR) programmes adopting a more global 
approach

•  Continue to develop the programme of initiatives aimed 

at embedding ESG in the diversification strategy of 
ABD Solutions

•  Develop and publish a Group Environmental Policy

•  Further enhance ESG data and our disclosure to help us 

identify the right targets, so we can continue to measure, 
improve and report on our ESG performance

•  Assess our climate-related risks to enable reporting in line with 
the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures once 
these regulations become applicable to the Group

•  Communicate our ESG priorities across the Group, building 

engagement with all our employees

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsESG Strategy continued

Sustainability governance
The Group has a robust structure of sustainability oversight 
and risk governance in place. At the highest level, the Board of 
Directors has ultimate oversight of, and responsibility for, our 
ESG governance and strategy. Our Non-Executive Director and 
Chair of the ESG Committee, Louise Evans, supports the Board 
in this function. The ESG Committee reviewed the Group’s ESG 
performance over the course of five meetings during FY 2022. 
The ESG Committee has overall responsibility for translating our 
ESG strategy into actionable plans, in compliance with relevant 
legal and regulatory requirements. The Board has received 
significant external input on ESG this year, with feedback from 
auditors, investors and sustainability experts.

Sustainable business goals
We also considered our mission in relation to the United Nations 
Sustainable Development Goals (UN SDGs) and determined that 
our support for road safety, our alignment with innovation in 
transport and our commitment to our people support the UN 
SDGs as set out in the table.

UN SDG

Topic

Sustainable 
Development 
Goal target

AB Dynamics alignment

More 
information

Health and  
safety

Halve the number of global 
deaths and injuries from 
road traffic accidents

AB Dynamics plc’s core business model and purpose is to advance 
road safety through facilitating deployment of active safety, 
Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (ADAS) and automation 

Page 36

Our people

Achieve gender equality 
and empower all 
women and girls

Environmental 
leadership

Accelerate action on 
modern renewable energy 
– especially in heating 
and transport

Sustainable 
innovation

Transport 
and safety

Climate  
change

Build resilient 
infrastructure, promote 
inclusive and sustainable 
industrialisation and 
foster innovation 

Increase safety of transport 
network and reduce impact 
of cities, in particular 
air quality 

Take urgent action to 
combat climate change and 
its impact and integrate 
climate change measures 
in policies, strategies 
and planning

The Group benefits from regulatory tailwinds on all new vehicles 
to ensure OEM adherence 

40% of the AB Dynamics plc’s Board is female in line with 
best practice

Page 38

The proportion of women in our overall workforce is higher than 
average for our industry. We aim to further increase female 
representation across all levels throughout the business 

Sponsorship and support of women in STEM subjects

Rapid development of electric vehicles and autonomy has placed 
additional commercial pressures on OEMs to rapidly develop and 
deploy new technologies with a continued focus on R&D 

Page 44

We are committed to using renewable energy sources in our 
operations wherever possible

Our products and services support this development goal

We support the development of EVs through on-road testing 
of battery technology and charging infrastructure

Page 50

ABD Solutions’ core mission is to accelerate the transition to 
autonomy by providing retrofit solutions that reuse existing 
vehicles to automate vehicle applications 

The core mission of the Group is to advance road safety and 
support vehicle electrification, thereby reducing emissions 
within city centres

Page 8

Through aiding development of EVs we provide support to 
electrify the transport network critical to reducing GHG emissions 

Page 44

Detailed disclosure of our Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions provides 
clear evidence of integrating climate measures including 
installation of renewable energy, sourcing of energy from 
renewable only sources and revised travel policies 

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

35

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsESG Strategy continued

Health and safety

Working environment
Employee wellbeing

The Group places utmost importance on safeguarding the 
safety, health and wellbeing of our employees whether working 
in our offices, on clients’ sites or from home. We ensure that 
the working environment is safe and conducive to healthy, 
content employees who are able to balance work and family 
commitments. We believe that a more proactive, wide-ranging 
approach to health and safety helps build trust with employees 
and helps them stay happy, healthy and productive. Our Mental 
Health and Wellbeing Policy covers a range of flexible working 
policies with the key objective being to enable employees 
to balance their working life with other priorities, thereby 
enhancing their wellbeing. 

Our Flexible Working Policy includes a degree of working from 
home, part time or job sharing, depending on function and 
location and in agreement with line managers. All employees are 
eligible to take career breaks or sabbaticals in consultation with 
their line managers. Risk assessments, which were conducted 
by each of the Group’s subsidiaries, are reissued to employees 
regularly throughout the year, to make sure the Group is keeping 
pace with the changing environment. The Group continues to 
monitor staff safety and wellbeing to ensure the workplace risks 
are minimised to a level as low as reasonably practicable.

Our COVID-19 response

We continued our operations during the COVID-19 pandemic 
with minimal disruption. The changes made to working practices 
included the introduction of a suite of measures and safety 
guidelines and, most notably, working from home for many 
employees. The measures reflected risk assessments conducted 
at a subsidiary level as well as the government restrictions. As 
the Group operates manufacturing and production facilities 
and track based testing sites, a limited number of staff were 
not able to work from home and continued to visit or be based 
at our premises. Where staff remained on site, each subsidiary 
undertook its own revisions to risk assessments dependent 
on location and types of activity. As government restrictions 

36

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

have now largely been removed, and the focus has moved to 
living with COVID-19, our staff have returned to the office, 
and procedures have been updated.

Safety first
We believe that the focus on safety is essential to delivering 
a high performing, open and constructive safety culture. The 
Group is committed to continuous improvement in health and 
safety performance, which is a standing item at every Board 
meeting. This year the Group has built further on the processes 
and procedures across its subsidiaries, standardising reporting, 
and this will enable us to set further Group-wide health and 
safety targets in FY 2023. In this way the Group can actively 
promote a strong safety culture, striving to instil the same safe 
working principles in every employee wherever they are, and in 
whichever Group business they work. 

•  Each subsidiary must create a Health and Safety Committee 
(if they do not already have one) and must hold Health and 
Safety Committee meetings quarterly. This allows for the 
sharing of best practice and the efficient roll-out of specific 
Group safety initiatives

•  Ensure that each Committee has at least one trained health and 
safety representative who is certified to a recognised standard 
in the territory in which the business operates

•  All incidents must be fully investigated with remedial actions 
and preventative measures put in place to ensure the incident 
does not reoccur and risks are mitigated going forward

•  All subsidiaries must report to the Chief Executive Officer 
quarterly (within two weeks of each Committee meeting), 
providing a report which summarises the findings of this 
process and each subsidiary’s health and safety metrics

Health and safety governance

Health and safety training

Our health and safety organisational framework clearly defines 
those responsible and accountable for health and safety across 
our businesses. The Board is committed to maintaining a 
strong safety culture throughout the Group. Health and safety 
performance is reviewed by the Board at each scheduled Board 
meeting. The Executive Committee (Excom) has responsibility 
and authority to implement ongoing improvements to safety 
processes and systems, delegating responsibility to local 
subsidiary management where required. The Group requires that 
all employees take responsibility for their own safety and that 
they are mindful of the safety of those around them, thereby 
creating collective responsibility to ensure we meet our high 
standards for health and safety and that we continually improve 
them. This is evidenced in our strong safety record on page 
37. Local management teams are accountable for monitoring 
the health and safety methodology set by the Group, with 
each manager having received appropriate briefings on these 
requirements, and ensuring compliance with local regulatory 
requirements, culture and specific business needs. 

All the subsidiaries within the Group must meet the key 
requirements of the Group’s methodology, summarised 
as follows: 

•  Health and safety must remain an agenda item at every 
monthly management meeting. This ensures that teams 
identify issues in a timely manner, with a process of continuous 
improvement in place that underpins our strong safety culture

All employees receive health and safety training (which includes 
accident prevention and handling of hazardous substances) 
as part of their induction process. The inductions consist of a 
reminder of both employer and employee legal requirements. 
Additionally, they highlight the main hazards which are found 
throughout the organisation and the control measures in place. 
This includes manual handling, hazardous materials, display 
screen equipment, vehicles and using workplace equipment. 
Emergencies are also covered including the actions to follow in 
the event of a fire evacuation. Risk assessments also describe 
how workplace hazards are dealt with and how we apply control 
measures (including for our employees at work at our customers’ 
sites). Finally, environmental issues are discussed with regard to 
the impacts we have on the environment with guidance on how to 
reduce the impact such as recycling and energy use. 

In FY 2022, the Group’s largest subsidiary, Anthony Best Dynamics 
Limited, conducted 71 health, safety and environmental 
inductions. In addition, key staff undergo more specific and 
regular training to manage or mitigate safety risks relevant to 
their area of operations. This year across Anthony Best Dynamics 
Limited these included 15 fire marshal trainings and 7 LaunchPad 
Dyno safety trainings. We also have a team of trained and 
qualified first aiders within each area of the Group. 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsESG Strategy continued

Safety performance
We have a proud track record of safety performance and in 
FY 2022, we continued to invest in the tracking and prevention 
of incidents. All subsidiaries across the Group carry out risk 
assessments as part of their local health and safety programmes 
but during FY 2023 we will work towards standardising and 
harmonising our risk assessments across the Group. Detailed 
risk assessments have been completed for all operational and 
support departments of Anthony Best Dynamics Limited and 
AB Dynamics GmbH. These have been completed in consultation 
between the Health and Safety Manager, the relevant department 
head or supervisor, and the staff. All assessments highlight the 
hazards associated with a part of the operation and are duly 
signed off by the team leader (who owns the risk) and all the 
staff concerned, so they understand the risks involved and the 
associated control measures. These risk assessments cover all 
identifiable risks to personal safety and are reviewed annually, 
with any mitigative action reported. 

The table below records a summary of the Group’s health 
and safety statistics for the year. We record the root cause of 
accidents, and in FY 2022, most were caused by slips or falls and 
were recorded as minor injuries. Any injuries were treated by our 
locally trained first aiders, administering treatment for minor 
cuts and abrasions or advice to rest. All minor incidents or ‘near 
misses’ are reviewed regularly and where trends are identified, 
further control measures are introduced to reduce risks and 
prevent recurrence. We are pleased to have maintained our 
strong safety record with no fatalities ever recorded. In addition, 
there were no reportable (under UK RIDDOR rules) or lost time 
incidents over the last five years. The overall injury rate per 100 
employees has continued to decline since FY 2019, as evidenced 
in the table below.

Employee safety

FY 2022

FY 2021

FY 2020

FY 2019

FY 2018

Average employees

434

333

275

181

128

Reportable incidents

Lost time incidents

Near misses

Minor injury, First 
Aid Cases (FAC)

Injury rate (FAC) per 
100 employees

0

0

26

6

0

0

15

13

0

0

9

13

0

0

13

14

0

0

7

9

1.4

3.9

4.7

7.7

7.0

Our data covers 100% of employees and includes contractors.

Lost time incidents are defined as an injury or illness sustained 
on the job by an employee that results in the loss of productive 
work time resulting in them being unable to perform regular job 
duties, taking time off for recovery or being assigned modified 
duties whilst in recovery. The minor injury rate is currently 
measured against first aid or medical treatment cases that did 
not result in a recorded incident or lost time injury.

“ We have a proud track record 
of safety performance and in 
FY 2022, we continued to invest 
in the tracking and prevention 
of incidents. All subsidiaries 
across the Group carry out risk 
assessments as part of their local 
health and safety programmes 
but during FY 2023 we will 
work towards standardising and 
harmonising our risk assessments 
across the Group.”

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

37

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
ESG Strategy continued

Our people

Engagement
Employee engagement and communication

The Group recognises the importance of communicating with all 
staff to help maintain trust and confidence between all parties. 
This is achieved by various formal processes and ad-hoc actions 
throughout the year. On a formal basis, our CEO conducts regular 
all staff briefings and meetings are held throughout the year 
between employees and their line managers to ensure that 
personal objectives are aligned with the Group’s strategy and 
to formally identify development needs and career aspirations. 
Based on local requirements, weekly and monthly management 
team meetings are held to provide a forum for Group updates. 
Internal announcements are issued on a regular basis and include 
business updates, guidance on maintaining a safe working 
environment and matters of general interest. The Group’s 
website is used for the distribution of preliminary and interim 
announcements and press releases. 

Through workforce engagement, the views of our employees are 
heard at the Board level and are considered in Board discussions 
and decision making. To further support staff engagement all 
employees have been invited to participate in staff surveys. This 
consists of a baseline survey to be undertaken on an annual basis 
and then followed by regular pulse surveys throughout each 
year. Our last baseline survey in October 2021, carried out by an 
external consultant, highlighted a ‘workplace and tools’ score 
above the benchmark, with factors like ‘health’ achieving a lower 
rating, reflecting COVID-19 concerns. Information obtained from 
the survey was reviewed at a local management and Group level 
and results were communicated to all employees. Detailed action 
plans were developed, and included structured communication 
and staff engagement plans for several subsidiaries, monthly 
team meetings to communicate results, weekly leadership team 
meetings, and half yearly CEO communication meetings to all 
employees. Since then, four ‘pulse’ surveys have been conducted, 
tracking the effects of these actions and maintaining our high 
level of engagement with staff. 

38

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

As the Group has undergone significant change in the past 
few years, in FY 2021 an inter-disciplinary ‘Values Team’ was 
established to work with staff to define our renewed vision 
and values, which underpin the Group’s strategy, processes 
and culture. Our vision is to ‘provide world class innovative 
automation and vehicle application solutions created sustainably 
with passion by our people, delivering excellent products and 
services to our partners’. Our key values: customers; people; 
diversity; innovation; excellence; and responsibility; ensure our 
behaviours, culture and personal values align with those of the 
business and enable us to continue to drive the strategy forward. 
Embedding our values across the Group has therefore been a key 
focus for FY 2022. Values have been introduced as part of our 
performance appraisal process and managers are encouraged 
to discuss them with employees.

Key values
1)  Customers – We create valuable partnerships with our 

customers through collaboration to understand and deliver 
their requirements.

2)  People – We empower people by supporting and 

challenging each other to thrive. Integrity and respect are 
at the forefront of everything we do.

3)  Diversity – We recognise the importance of strengthening, 
improving and enriching our culture and practices through 
diverse opinions, skills and people.

4)  Innovation – We inspire creativity by giving people the 

space to challenge the ‘now’ and engineer for the future.

5)  Excellence – We are never satisfied with the status 

quo. We invest in our people, products and processes by 
encouraging learning and self-enrichment to deliver world-
class services and products to our customers.

6)  Responsibility – Personal ownership and commitment 
to ourselves, our customers, our shareholders and the 
environment. We are always looking for opportunities to 
improve the sustainability of our operations.

Further details on the Group’s engagement with stakeholders, 
including the material topics discussed with investors and 
corporate governance bodies, are contained in the Section 
172 statement on pages 52 to 53.

Diversity and inclusion
We recognise that being a truly diverse and inclusive Group is 
crucial to our values and to our ability as a business to grow, 
innovate and attract and retain talent. Different experiences, 
views and opinions allow us to consider a range of opinions when 
making decisions, which we believe results in better outcomes 
for the business and for our stakeholders. We operate globally 
and recognise the cultural differences that may exist in the 
countries in which we do business. We do not tolerate any form 
of discrimination. We are committed to equality of opportunity 
in all our employment practices, procedures and policies. When 
we hire or promote someone, we choose the best candidate 
irrespective of age, race, national origin, disability, religion, 
sex, gender reassignment, sexual preference, marital status or 
membership/non-membership of any trade unions. All staff are 
provided with a safe, secure and healthy environment in which to 
work, regardless of where in the world they are located. 

We aim to create an environment where the contributions of all 
staff are recognised and valued, and everyone is treated with 
dignity and respect. We do not tolerate any form of bullying or 
harassment within the Group. We apply the same standards when 
we select business partners. The ESG Committee is responsible 
for setting the Group’s approach to diversity and inclusion. For 
more detail of the Group’s initiatives in relation to diversity, 
see People potential on pages 38 to 42. The Group-wide policy 
is located on the Group’s website.

As a Group we believe training, development and progression 
opportunities must be available to all staff.

While ability and aptitude remain the determining factors in 
the selection, training, career development and promotion 
of all employees, the Group is conscious that there remain 
inherent disadvantages for women in engineering. Therefore, 
in FY 2022 we have chosen to continue as a Corporate Partner 
to the Women’s Engineering Society (WES). Actions we take to 
increase our profile within WES’s membership and to facilitate 
opportunities include targeted job advertisements to women; 
membership of WES for all female engineers; and the mentoring 
of students who are considering a career in engineering. 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsESG Strategy continued

Diversity and inclusion continued
The Board recognises the importance of gender diversity and has been working to improve the Group’s gender mix. A significant 
proportion of the Group’s workforce are engineers and technicians. As advised by Engineering UK, only 12% of engineers are female 
on a national basis; therefore, the Group remains above average for our industry with women representing 18% of our overall workforce. 
The Board notes the recommendations of the Hampton-Alexander and Parker Reviews and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) 
in relation to increasing Board and senior management gender and ethnic diversity. We are proud to note that within the senior 
management team, the proportion of female representation is at 17% while the Group Board is at 40%, in line with these 
recommendations.

Set out below is an analysis of the Group’s employees by gender in October each year.

Employees by gender

Board

Executive management

Senior management

All employees

FY 2022

FY 2021

FY 2020

Male

60%

83%

83%

82%

Female

40%

17%

17%

18%

Male

60%

100%

80%

82%

Female

40%

—

20%

18%

Male

67%

100%

80%

81%

Female

33%

—

20%

19%

The Group is supportive of flexible working such as working from home or part time and flexible hours according to the requirements 
of the position. The Group employs contract and temporary workers across some of its locations to fufill local requirements. It should 
be noted that in FY 2022 we have seen a slight increase in the percentage of temporary employees within our workforce, reflecting 
somewhat unique conditions at some locations which have discrete projects ongoing and hence require a temporary workforce. This 
is particularly the case in our manufacturing facilities globally, to ensure we meet our customer requirements. Many of our temporary 
staff choose to become permanent employees.

Number of part-time and contract/temporary employees

Part-time employees (no.)

Part-time employees to total employees (%)

Temporary/contract employees (no.)

Temporary/contract employees to total employees (%)

1  2021 VadoTech Group data not included due to data availability.

FY 2022

FY 20211

FY 2020

FY 2019

27

7%

22

5%

21

8%

8

3%

20

7%

10

4%

21

13%

3

2%

Social

Attracting and retaining young talent
Attracting and retaining young talent within the Group is a 
key strategic element of ensuring the sustained growth of 
the business for the future. As a result, we enhanced our 
graduate scheme last year. It plays a critical role in enabling 
students to obtain real-world, hands-on experience in a 
technology-driven organisation. Of his time so far on the 
graduate scheme, Jamie Balsdon said: 

“I have had a unique experience developing skills and 
knowledge in many areas within the Company. I have enjoyed 
a supportive and engaging environment with great people 
and regular support. I have been involved with many projects 
working alongside many talented people. From product 
development to commissioning, the variety is what makes 
the graduate scheme uniquely beneficial and creates an 
excellent basis for a long-term role to follow.”

Students also completed three one-year engineering 
placements with us this year. Following the successful 
completion of his placement, student Alastair Knight said:

“I had a great experience working as the mechanical design 
intern for AB Dynamics. It has given me a great range of 
practical experiences that I will take back into my final year 
at university. One of the things I appreciated the most on my 
placement was being able to work on real projects that were 
going to customers. I enjoyed working alongside a great 
team of skilled and experienced engineers and workshop 
technicians. Having that resource nearby whilst I was at AB 
Dynamics has immensely improved my engineering abilities 
and approach to problem solving.”

Alistair has been offered the chance to join our graduate 
scheme on completion of his studies.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

39

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsESG Strategy continued

Talent and career management
Attracting and retaining key talent are critical to driving 
strong operational performance, maintaining our market 
position and enabling us to deliver on our ambitious growth 
plans. Accordingly, the Group is committed to developing the 
capabilities of the existing workforce and hiring talented people 
to meet current and future requirements. 

In recent years our continued efforts to enhance staff 
engagement and wellbeing have resulted in consistently strong 
retention rates. Average length of service is currently 4.4 years, 
with annual employee turnover at 17% (FY 2021: 18%) across 
the Group. 

Average number of employees by region

Location

UK

Germany

Spain

USA

China

Singapore

Japan

Total

FY 2022

252

18

1

43

94

7

19

434

Annual employee turnover by year

FY 2022

FY 20211

FY 2020

Total annual employee 
voluntary turnover (No.)

Total annual employee 
voluntary turnover (%)

Total annual employee 
turnover (No.)

Total annual employee 
turnover (%)

61

36

15%

13%

72

17%

51

18%

13%

18

7%

35

1  2021 VadoTech data not included due to data availability.

Annual performance evaluations 

FY 20221

FY 20212

FY 2020

Percentage of 
employees who receive 
annual performance 
evaluations

 83%

 99%

 99%

1 

Includes VadoTech for only part of the year.

2  2021 VadoTech data not included due to data availability.

40

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Building upon the improvements made to recruitment practices 
in prior years, a new recruitment system has been employed 
this year to further improve candidate experiences and hiring 
timelines. The system has also introduced new mechanisms to 
reduce biases across the recruitment process, which is critical to 
curating a workforce diverse in opinions, skills and people. 

In FY 2022, the Group also made a proactive effort to promote 
internal applications for open positions and as a result 18% of 
UK employees have been promoted or had their responsibilities 
increased over the last year. This has been supported by the 
ongoing talent mapping processes that have been implemented. 

Annual performance evaluations are undertaken across the 
Group, with 83% of employees having received a performance 
appraisal in this year (FY 2021: 99%). The reduced percentage this 
year is a result of the acquisition of VadoTech in FY 2021 and the 
impact on the Group’s employee mix. Salary reviews are aligned 
with performance evaluations to ensure employees are paid fairly 
and correctly for the position they perform. All employees have 
the opportunity to benefit from a discretionary performance 
based bonus with the exception of some employees within 
recent acquisitions. 

We continually review our benefits and total compensation 
packages across the Group. We offer a comprehensive range of 
benefits to our staff which reflect local regulations and market 
practices and where appropriate include annual performance-
related bonuses, employer matching contributions into pension 
schemes, life insurance, income protection and private health 
cover. Through a detailed benchmarking exercise we can confirm 
that these packages are above or in line with local market 
regulations and the competitive environment within which we 
operate. We are mindful of the effects of cost of living increases 
on our employees and during the year implemented an additional 
payrise of £2,000 to those most significantly affected.

We also have other forms of workplace recognition in place. 
We regularly organise social events to celebrate success and 
also hold annual awards to highlight key achievements within 
the Group.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsESG Strategy continued

Talent and career management continued
Career development

The Group remains committed to retaining key staff and 
supporting their ongoing career development through life-long 
learning. This provides benefits for both the Group, through a 
more highly skilled workforce, and the individual employee, who 
gains both qualifications and experience that they can use to 
further their careers whilst with the Group and in any future roles 
elsewhere. The Group’s talent mapping and succession planning 
processes have continued to play a key role in facilitating staff 
development and enabled a significant proportion of employees 
to take on wider responsibilities either through formal 
promotional opportunities or growth in current roles during 
the year. 

The career development of our engineering colleagues has been 
an important area of focus and a structured engineering career 
path has been prepared and communicated to employees within 
our largest subsidiary, Anthony Best Dynamics Limited. This 
documents the responsibilities and performance requirements of 
all grades within our engineering teams and how individuals can 
progress their career and will further support the identification 
of development needs. In the future this will be implemented 
across the Group.

Targeted leadership training is also an integral part of ensuring 
our workforce remains engaged and innovative, whilst enabling 
the Group to grow a diverse pipeline for key roles and leadership 
positions. To further demonstrate the Group’s commitment to 
developing internal talent, the ‘ABD Professional Development 
Programme’ (PDP) was launched in May 2022. The overarching 
aim of the PDP is to challenge and support potential future 
business leaders to set and meet their own professional 
goals, emphasising the role that each individual can play in 
modelling cultural change using business reality as the main 
arena for development. The launch of the PDP was a five-day 
event, which took place in May 2022. The PDP has twelve initial 
participants and has consisted of a series of on-the-job training 
projects which are tailored to each participant’s existing role, 
in addition to senior manager mentorship workshops. PDP has 
thus far been very well received and has already resulted in two 
internal promotions. 

Training opportunities

The Group is committed to ensuring that all employees have access to the training required to support their skills and career development. 
Although some of the challenges of COVID-19 remained towards the end of 2021, the Group was able to deliver flexible training 
programmes through a combination of online, distance learning and in-person training. The Group’s training budget for FY 2022 was 
£170,000 (FY 2021: £115,000) which resulted in increased average training time and spend per employee in FY 2022 compared to FY 2021. 
100% of employees received training in FY 2022 (FY 2021: 100%) and courses taken during the year included: Finance for Non-Financial 
Managers, Presentation Skills, Scissor Lift Training, APM Project Management Qualification, Right to Work E-Learning, Gantry Crane 
Training, The New Team Leader, Forklift Novice & Refresher Training, Pilz Machine Safety Course, IWFM Level 4 in Facilities Management, 
Delta Tau Development Environment Training (DT), Scaled Agile Framework (SAFe) training, EtherCAT, Problem Solving Training, DFMA 
Training, Licences Workshop (Dept. of International Trade), iHASCO Training Awareness and Cardboard Compactor/Baler User Training. 
Additionally, we implemented annual online training on cyber security and anti-bribery for all staff. We have further training modules on 
modern slavery, diversity and inclusion and mental health awareness depending on location and job specification of the staff.

Training time

Total number of training hours

1  2021 VadoTech data not included due to data availability.

Average number of training hours per employee by region

UK

Germany

USA

China

Singapore

Japan

All

FY 2022

FY 20211

 5,767

 3,395

FY 2022

FY 20211

14.2

13.3

5.5

12.8

4.6

42.2

13.9

14.6

10.0

4.3

—

—

0.0

 12.3

1  2021 VadoTech data not included due to data availability.

Training expense per employee

Total training expense per employee (£)

 399

199

 259

 425

FY 2022

FY 20211

FY 2020

FY 2019

1  2021 VadoTech data not included due to data availability.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

41

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsESG Strategy continued

Talent and career management continued
Graduates and apprentices 

Maintaining a diverse pipeline of talent is at the core of 
our ESG strategy and is key to fulfilling our future customer 
requirements. We offer a range of opportunities and tailored 
programmes to early career starters with hands-on experience 
and training, equipping the new generation of employees 
with the right skills and ensuring that knowledge is retained 
within the business. We partner with local schools, colleges and 
universities, offering interesting and rewarding apprenticeships, 
placement schemes and work experience.

As of 31 August 2022, we have two apprentices in training and 
one graduate enrolled in our two-year graduate scheme. The 
rotational graduate scheme is a structured training programme 
aimed at equipping graduates with both soft skills and technical 
development opportunities across the business. In FY 2022 
we also had three university placement students enrolled in 
our work experience programme who completed their year 
in industry. 

As the Group’s global presence grows, ensuring that high quality 
early career opportunities are available to all is a key focus. The 
Group aims to actively expand the reach of work experience, 
apprenticeship and graduate programmes to more young people 
from lower income backgrounds, so to help increase social 
mobility in the local communities in which it operates.

Community partnerships
CSR strategy 

In line with the Group’s expanding global presence and the Group’s 
global subsidiary governance framework, in FY 2022 we developed 
a new and updated corporate social responsibility (CSR) policy 
and strategy. The new strategy encompasses five key guiding ESG 
criteria, of which all CSR activities are required to meet at least 
two: environment, social opportunity, community, diversity and 
inclusion and industry. The new model represents the Group’s 
growing global focus and continued ambitions to put CSR at the 
heart of our business model. These criteria are underpinned by our 
corporate core values and principles: customers; people; diversity; 
innovation; excellence; and responsibility. 

42

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Whilst our fundamental approach remains unchanged, our 
new model takes a wider approach encompassing and linking 
together our five pillars: community; social opportunities; 
diversity and inclusion; industry; and environmental.

•  Diversity and inclusion: Committed to the promotion 

of diversity within the STEM environment and within the 
armed forces, acknowledging that the best results come 
from a diverse workforce

•  Community: Committed to strengthening and maintaining 

•  Industry: Recognising the value of partnerships with 

relations and being actively involved in the local regions where 
we operate, creating mutual synergies for both our business 
and our communities

•  Social opportunities: Committed to demonstrating our 

understanding of social responsibility in the context of wider 
systemic inequalities, we strive to improve social mobility, 
supported by our belief that, irrespective of their background, 
talent and drive should be the only factors influencing an 
individual’s development opportunities and outcomes

our customers and communities to increase awareness 
of the Group

•  Environmental: Committed to actively seeking ways to reduce 
our environmental impact, through linkage with both industry 
and communities. Adding environmental to our new strategy 
demonstrates our aim to become an integral player within the 
communities and environments in which we operate

Community

Environmental

Corporate social 
responsibility

Social 
opportunities

Industry

Diversity and 
inclusion

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsESG Strategy continued

Community partnerships continued
CSR strategy continued

Whilst our legacy CSR model was primarily focused on UK based 
initiatives, through the launch of our five new criteria we aim to 
encourage all of the Group’s subsidiaries to take a more active 
role, managing and promoting their own CSR agendas. Our 
enhanced CSR model will enable a regional approach through 
the election of regional representatives across Europe, APAC 
and North America. This will enable each region to become more 
involved in their local communities and cater to regional CSR 
priorities, allocating their budget most effectively. To ensure 
collaboration and transparency, the regional representatives 
will be expected to meet quarterly to discuss updates and 
developments in community developments, picking up any 
relevant CSR synergies that can be applied Group wide. 

Whilst the ESG Committee has overall responsibility for CSR 
across the Group, the management of each operating business is 
now expected to comply with the Group’s strategy and maintain 
detailed records of its engagement with its communities and the 
activities it has undertaken. 

Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) 
and wider community initiatives 

Whilst the first half of our financial year was impacted by the 
consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic, our role as a corporate 
citizen supporting and engaging with communities continues 
to be paramount. As restrictions remained in place throughout 
the majority of the first part of the year, we were not able to 
undertake as many of the community based activities in which 
we would normally engage. Nonetheless, we have attended a 
number of virtual and in-person careers fairs (for students or 
veterans) and work experience placements. Throughout the year 
the Group has also continued to make donations towards several 
charitable and fundraising activities, primarily in support of STEM 
related institutions, and participate in events (where possible) 
with a focus on the south west of England, where the Group is 
headquartered. Our annual budget is correlated with headcount, 
so as we have grown in size in recent years, we have seen an 
increase in the number of CSR initiatives. As restrictions have 
now eased and in line with our five CSR criteria, we are planning 
on attending more in-person careers fairs in FY 2023. 

Social

In FY 2022 we continued to place heavy emphasis on creating 
opportunities for people at the start of their career, with the 
Group’s early years programmes designed to attract diverse 
individuals from a range of backgrounds to seek new education 
and career options. Our initiatives and programmes throughout 
the year were centred around acknowledging talent and 
identifying opportunities, placing diversity and inclusion at the 
heart of our CSR strategy and demonstrating our understanding 
around breaking down barriers and inequalities around sex, 
gender identity, class and ethnicity to drive both our current 
and future workforce.

We want to enhance and expand on our global CSR initiative, 
placing emphasis around increasing social opportunities for both 
individuals and groups. Our model reflects our belief in engaging 
and developing global talent from all backgrounds, and our 
ability to be part of the social solution, improving participation in 
society. We aspire to create an impact now and leave an inspiring 
legacy in both the communities and individuals we benefit. 

Professional Development Programme launched
As part of the Group’s commitment to developing internal 
talent, the ‘ABD Professional Development Programme’ 
(PDP) was launched in May 2022. The initial group of 
12 participants from as far afield as Germany, Singapore 
and the US commenced the programme with an intensive 
four-day residential programme which consisted of 
classroom learning, presenting to fellow participants 
and outdoor team-building activities.

One of the participants said of their time in the 
programme so far:

“ I felt extremely lucky to be selected for the PDP programme; 
to date the programme has opened numerous doors for 
me including understanding what opportunities might 
be available to me moving forward, building my internal 
network, and having the advice, experience, and support of 
a senior mentor within the business. The first five months 
have flown by, I have learned so much and am excited to 
see what the next seven months might bring.”

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

43

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsESG Strategy continued

Social

Formula Student competition sponsorship
The next-generation of engineers are a key part of the 
Group’s future success. We are continuously aiming to 
foster young talent and attract those looking to kick-start 
their careers within the Group. One way we do this is by 
supporting The Formula Student competition at various 
locations around the world. Formula Student sees over 100 
university teams from across 30 countries compete annually 
to design and build single-seater cars before racing them at 
various events across the world. 

Companies across the AB Dynamics Group engage with 
the competition in various ways to build an established 
relationship with the Formula Student community.

This year in Germany two members of the BlueFlash Team 
from HAWK University undertook high voltage training at 
VadoTech in Berlin to assist them in safely handing the high 
voltage systems found in their electric Formula Student 
car. VadoTech has had a partnership with the university 
since 2018.

AB Dynamics sponsored this year’s UK event held at the 
home of the British Grand Prix, Silverstone race circuit. Both 
rFpro and AB Dynamics also sponsored one of the University 
of Bath’s Formula Student teams (Team Bath Racing Electric) 
as well as providing technical advice and support. 

Our static driving simulator was used for a virtual 
competition for the students. The fastest driver around a 
virtual Silverstone circuit won a drive of our aVDS dynamic 
simulator at the Bradford on Avon facility. Some of the AB 
Dynamics team also volunteered to be a part of the judging 
panel, helping to give back to an event that once supported 
their own junior careers. 

AB Dynamics also sponsored Japan’s Formula Student event 
in September. This region is a strategic growth area for the 
Company and it is important to encourage high quality talent 
into the business from the area.

44

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

“ The next generation of 
engineers are a key part of the 
Group’s future success. We are 
continuously aiming to foster 
young talent and attract those 
looking to kick-start their  
careers within the Group.”

Environmental leadership

We have a long history of managing our environmental impact. 
It is our mission to empower our customers to accelerate the 
development of vehicles that are safer, more efficient, and 
have less impact on the environment. Our commitment to the 
environment extends to ourselves, our customers and our 
shareholders. We are continually looking for opportunities to 
improve: environmental sustainability is essential. 

We are focused on finding ways to reduce our impact across 
the whole value chain to achieve our commitment of carbon 
neutrality by 2030. That means minimising the impact we and 
our products have on the environment. We focus on areas 
including greenhouse gas emissions, energy consumption, the 
use of renewable energy, water resources and the reduction 
and management of waste. Our commitment to transparency 
includes the regular public disclosure of our carbon emissions. 

The Group recognises the importance of creating environmental 
awareness, protecting the environment, and using natural 
resources efficiently by continuously reducing the environmental 
impacts of our operations and services. In turn, the Board and 
senior management are committed to continually measuring, 
monitoring, evaluating and improving the environmental 
performance of all the Group’s operations. We will continue to 
deploy green technology wherever possible and appropriate, and 
to make careful and considered decisions in all our operations to 
reduce our current carbon footprint. Beyond our own operations, 
we will also continue to assist the global automotive sector to 
develop new technologies and processes that will reduce CO2 
emissions. Reflecting these efforts, and as part of the overall 
government target for the UK to be net zero by 2050, we have set 
ourselves the target to be carbon neutral by 2030 which will be 
the focus of our efforts.

In FY 2022, the Group has continued to develop its approach 
towards reducing carbon across its operations. Our most 
significant achievements include:

•  Achieving ISO 14001 accreditation in Anthony Best Dynamics 
Limited, our largest subsidiary, and in our AB Dynamics GmbH 
subsidiary

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsESG Strategy continued

Environmental leadership continued
•  We have expanded the scope of Group-wide data collection 

and set baseline levels for waste generated across the Group. 
We have also set associated short-term targets at a subsidiary 
level in line with our carbon neutral objective

•  In line with our target to achieve carbon neutrality by 2030, the 

Group currently reports Scope 1 and 2 and some Scope 3 emissions

•  In the UK our Scope 1 and 2 emissions have reduced. We have 
focused on increasing our use of ‘clean inputs’ completing the 
installation of solar panels on two sites in the UK, which 
generated a total of 67,114kWh of power in FY 2022. In addition, 
all Anthony Best Dynamics Limited properties in the UK are 
supplied with renewable energy, having secured commitments 
from our leaseholders to move their energy supplies to Engie. 
Engie offers 100% UK generated renewable power from certified 
renewable sources and is fully certified as zero carbon emissions 
by UK Renewable Energy Guarantees of Origin (REGOs), providing 
verification of the renewable energy it supplies to the Group

•  Our Group travel policy focuses on our commitment to 

minimise the environmental impact of business travel. We seek 
to promote greener and smarter commuting solutions for staff, 
minimising local traffic congestion. We encourage all staff 
to consider joining meetings remotely (e.g. using MS Teams) 
and taking public transport or travelling by rail instead of air 
as a way to reduce emissions. Car sharing schemes are also 
encouraged. The Group also supports a ‘cycle to work’ scheme 
in Anthony Best Dynamics Limited. This is a salary scheme 
whereby the cost of the bicycle is deducted from gross income 
and spread over a period of time to help encourage emissions 
free commuting. In a new initiative aimed at reducing staff‘s 
commuting emissions (Scope 3), in March 2022 we launched a 
new electric vehicle scheme for all employees in the UK. The 
Group has partnered with Octopus Electric Vehicles (OEV) 
to launch the ‘Electric Dreams’ salary sacrifice car scheme. 
The scheme enables eligible employees to save up to 40% to 
purchase a brand new electric car with the added benefit of 
free charging hours included. The Group has provided access 
to EV charging points at all main operating sites in the UK. In 
the six months since launch, 40% of UK staff have registered 
interest in the scheme, with three EVs delivered and five 
EVs on order. Octopus estimates that each car will save 1.3 
tonnes of CO2 over the lifetime of the lease, assuming a switch 
from petrol to EV and based on an average contract mileage 
per driver

Social

“ The EV scheme gives me peace 
of mind and enables me to have 
a nicer car than I could normally 
afford. I also feel like I am doing 
my bit for the environment.”

Lee Burdin
Production Manager

Employee electric vehicle scheme
In March this year we introduced our new Electric Dreams 
Scheme which has been made available to UK based staff. 
The aim of the programme is to offer employees brand new 
electric vehicles through a cost-effective and tax-efficient 
leasing scheme.

The programme is run through our vehicle fleet partner, Octopus 
Electric Vehicles. Everything required to run the vehicle is 
included in a single monthly payment, including insurance, tax, 
maintenance and a home charging system. A range of vehicles are 
available to suit all budgets and requirements. 

This is a significant addition to the benefits available to 
employees and also helps to reduce our workforce’s carbon 
footprint. On top of this, the vehicles can be charged at 
reduced rates at one of the twelve charging points located at 
the Bradford on Avon facility, with some of the energy being 
produced by the facility’s solar panels.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

45

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsESG Strategy continued

Managing environmental performance
The Group’s activities can be summarised as largely 
manufacturing and assembly operations, combined with office 
based research, product development and other commercial 
functions, where we receive materials and products from 
suppliers, assemble them into product and dispatch to customers. 
With the acquisition of VadoTech, we now include some on-road 
vehicle testing. Therefore, the Group’s main direct impact on the 
environment is limited to the consumption of heating and power 
and fuel or electricity for customer vehicles, while providing test 
services and developing and testing products.

We recognise the importance of monitoring, controlling and 
improving our environmental performance in order to meet our 
medium-term target of carbon neutrality in 2030. The Group 
remains committed to identifying and assessing environmental 
risks, such as packaging waste, arising from all operations. 
Waste management initiatives are encouraged and supported 
by the Group and materials are recycled where practicable. Local 
management teams are committed to good environmental 
management practices and are responsible for implementing the 
necessary initiatives to meet their local obligations. Each facility 
participates in recycling paper, plastic, cardboard and wood from 
pallets and continues to focus on reducing energy consumption 
through the efficient use of heating and lighting. The Group’s 
usage of water is minimal and predominantly relates to cleaning, 
bathrooms and staff refreshments.

This year the Group has built on the environmental reporting 
processes and procedures across its subsidiaries to provide a 
unified framework. The main tools used to track and monitor 
our environmental impact across our sites are our Environmental 
Management Systems. This year, across Anthony Best Dynamics 
Limited, 122 individuals have taken part in our Environmental 
Management System introduction training. Both internal and 
external environmental audits have been completed in Anthony Best 
Dynamics Limited and AB Dynamics GmbH, and they have achieved 
ISO 14001 certification this year. Over the next year we aim to 
implement this across all Group subsidiaries, standardising reporting 
and enabling us to set further environmental targets in FY 2023. 

Our environmental reporting covers all entities over which 
the Group has financial control for the financial year ended 
31 August 2022. Data for businesses acquired or disposed of 
during each reporting period is also included where available.

46

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

We are pleased with our environmental performance for the 
year and can confirm that we have not received or paid any 
environmental fines or penalties either in the last twelve months 
or in the previous four years. 

Energy and greenhouse gas emissions 
Reducing global greenhouse gas emissions to combat climate 
change is one of the biggest global challenges of our time. We 
aim to minimise our carbon footprint as the UK and the rest of 
the world transition to a low carbon economy. As the Group does 
not use its own logistics or freight, its primary direct energy 
usage and related CO2 emissions arise from its facilities and 
vehicles. As a business, we continue to assess our impact on the 
environment and try to mitigate or reduce the Group’s energy 
consumption wherever possible. 

The Group has a target to achieve carbon neutrality by 2030. We 
have a range of initiatives underway to support this ambition such 
as solar panels on two sites in the UK, which generated a total 
of 67,114kWh of power in FY 2022, and working with suppliers 
to reduce the embedded carbon across our product life cycle. 
Additionally, as noted above, after securing commitments from 
our leaseholders to move their energy supplies to Engie, all 
properties in our largest subsidiary are powered by renewable 
energy. Engie offers 100% UK generated renewable power from 
certified renewable sources and is fully certified as zero carbon 
emissions by UK Renewable Energy Guarantees of Origin (REGOs), 
providing complete traceability of the energy it supplies to 
the Group.

Anthony Best Dynamics Limited and AB Dynamics GmbH also 
have subsidiary level targets to reduce electricity and gas 
usage by 5% per annum as part of their certified ISO 14001 
Environmental Management Systems.

As a step towards focusing our efforts on the most impactful 
areas of our business, we have improved the collation of Group-
wide data so we can better understand our emissions and 
energy usage and create a Group baseline. The Group’s data can 
be found below. This is the third year the Group has reported 
emissions in this manner. 

The Group’s emissions are broken down by Scope 1, Scope 2 and 
some Scope 3 emissions. For the first time in FY 2022, Scope 
2 emissions associated with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol 
‘market based’ method have also been calculated, in addition to 
‘location based’ Scope 2 emissions. Absolute Group emissions 

include all emissions from the 2021 VadoTech Group from 
March 2021, the acquisition date, with FY 2022 being the first 
full year of VadoTech data inclusion. The VadoTech acquisition 
has in turn, contributed to an increase in the overall Group’s 
emissions total for FY 2022 compared to FY 2021. Total Group 
emissions excluding VadoTech have also been disclosed to 
present the underlying year-on-year changes in emissions in 
our existing subsidiaries as a result of measures implemented 
throughout FY 2022. 

In FY 2022, the Group’s total Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions (market 
based) increased by 34% year on year on an absolute basis 
and 9% year on year on an intensity basis (per £m of revenue). 
The 30% increase in our Scope 1 emissions is in large part 
attributed to safety-critical on-road vehicle testing undertaken 
by VadoTech. It should be noted, however, that Group gas usage 
reduced by 23% in FY 2022 due to completely switching off 
boilers in UK sites across the summer months. FY 2022 Scope 2 
emissions (market based) reduced by 24% across the Group. This 
reduction is primarily a result of the procurement of renewable 
energy contracts in the UK and the decarbonisation of national 
grids in countries in which we operate. 

Our Scope 3 emissions include emissions from business travel 
and water supply and treatment. Compared with FY 2021, our 
FY 2022 Scope 3 emissions have increased significantly across 
the Group. The 189% increase can be attributed to a significant 
uplift in business travel since the relaxation of COVID-19 
restrictions across the world. Our business travel data collection 
has also increased in scope since FY 2021 reporting, with data 
disclosure now including hotel stays and use of other modes of 
transportation, such as trains, that were not previously accounted 
for. In FY 2023 we will endeavour to improve the extent of our 
measurement of Scope 3 emissions further, in order to obtain a 
better understanding of our total emissions.

In FY 2022, our energy consumption increased by 15% year on 
year on an absolute basis. In addition to the impact of the FY 2021 
acquisitions, the increase in energy consumption in FY 2022 is 
also in part as a result of increased air conditioning use at our UK 
sites in periods of extreme hot weather. Overall, the trend in our 
energy consumption data has generally followed our emissions 
data as our greenhouse gas emissions are mainly due to the use 
of energy at our sites for heat and electricity and from Company 
owned vehicles used for testing and travel. This relationship 
should decrease as we reduce our operational carbon footprint. 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsESG Strategy continued

Energy and greenhouse gas emissions continued
GHG emissions

Absolute emissions (including VadoTech)

Like-for-like emissions (excluding VadoTech)

Scope 1 total 

Gas

Company owned vehicle 
use

Scope 2 (location 
based)

Scope 2 (market 
based)

Total Scope 1 and 2 
(location based)

Total Scope 1 and 2 
(market based)

Scope 3 total

Business travel

Water supply 
and treatment

Total Scope 1, 2 and 3 
(location based)

Total Scope 1, 2 and 3 
(market based) 

Units

tCO2e
tCO2e

tCO2e

tCO2e

tCO2e

tCO2e

tCO2e
tCO2e
tCO2e

tCO2e

tCO2e

tCO2e

FY 2022

Global 
(excl. UK)

Group

UK

118

93

25

142

5

260

123

324

323

416

14

402

298

300

715

716

147

147

1

N/A

535

107

427

440

305

974

839

471

471

1

FY 2021

Global 
(excl. UK)

279

19

UK

132

120

12

261

149

396

3

398

281

676

135

54

49

4

678

109

109

N/A

YoY change 
in total (FY 2021
–FY 2022)

Group

411

139

272

547

401

957

812

163

159

30%

-23%

57%

-19%

-24%

2%

3%

189%

196%

FY 2022

Global 
(excl. UK)

30

14

15

12

12

41

42

41

41

UK

118

93

25

142

5

260

123

324

323

4

-84%

1

N/A

584

447

862

1,446

335

785

1,120

864

1,310

188

787

975

29%

34%

584

447

83

83

FY 2021

Global 
(excl. UK)

40

19

21

198

199

237

239

41

41

N/A

278

279

UK

132

120

12

149

3

281

135

54

49

4

335

188

Group

171

139

33

347

202

518

373

94

90

4

613

468

YoY change 
in total (FY 2021
–FY 2022)

-14%

-23%

24%

-56%

-92%

-42%

-56%

287%

305%

-84%

9%

13% 

Group

148

107

40

154

17

301

165

365

364

1

666

530

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

47

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsESG Strategy continued

Energy and greenhouse gas emissions continued
Emissions intensity

Revenue

Intensity by revenue (Scope 1 and 2 market based)

Intensity by revenue (Scope 1 and 2, 3 market based)

Energy consumption by type

Total electricity

Purchased electricity 

On-site generated electricity (solar)

Gas

Company owned vehicle use

Personal vehicle company use

Total energy consumption

Notes:

Absolute emissions (including VadoTech)

Like-for-like emissions (excluding VadoTech)

FY 2022

FY 2021

Group

80.3

Group

65.4

YoY % change 
in total (FY 2021
–FY 2022)

23%

FY 2022

FY 2021

Group

80.3

Group

65.4

YoY % change 
in total (FY 2021
–FY 2022)

23%

10.45

12.42

-16%

2.05

5.71

-64%

16.32

14.91

9%

6.60

7.15

-8%

Units

£m

tCO2e 
per £m
revenue

tCO2e 
per £m
revenue

FY 2022

Global 
(excl. UK)

UK

Group

UK

FY 2021

Global 
(excl. UK)

YoY Change 
in Total (FY 
2021–FY 2022)

Group

800,097

529,524

1,329,621

703,067

485,554

1,188,621

732,983

529,524

1,262,507

641,037

485,554

1,126,591

67,114

—

67,114

62,030

—

62,030

550,030

79,712

629,742

727,241

104,153

831,394

61,716

1,630,061

1,691,777

45,756

1,051,626

1,097,382

35,651

47,789

83,440

9,294

132,554

141,848

1,447,494

2,287,086

3,734,580

1,485,358

1,773,887

3,259,245

12%

12%

8%

-24%

54%

-41%

15% 

Units

kWh 

kWh 

kWh 

kWh 

kWh 

kWh 

kWh 

Emissions for the Group are calculated using methodologies consistent with the Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard. Source data (meter readings) has been used wherever possible; where this is not available this has been 
supplemented by billed data and a small amount of estimated data.

For FY 2022, the UK government’s GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting 2022 (DEFRA factors) were used for fuels and UK electricity. Emissions factors provided by Carbon Footprint Ltd were used for operations in other locations globally.

The Scope 2 emissions associated with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol ‘market based’ method have been calculated for the first time for FY 2022. In line with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol Guidance, this figure has been calculated using residual-mix emissions factors 
where available (Germany and UK). In our other operating regions where residual-mix emissions factors were unavailable, country-specific emissions factors have been used instead (as per the location based method) in line with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol 
Guidance. UK sites consume grid electricity backed by REGOs, which has been taken into consideration within the calculations.

FY 2022 emissions and energy data do not include VadoTech operations in Japan and Spain or DRI operations. Water consumption and treatment data was only available for Anthony Best Dynamics Limited. 

FY 2022 business travel data is inclusive of private vehicles used for Group business, train travel, air travel and hotel stays. Certain data, estimated to be immaterial to the Group’s emissions, have been omitted as it has not been practical to obtain (use of certain types 
of public transport: buses). Metering and monitoring improvements continue to be implemented to capture and improve the Company’s data stream.

FY 2021 and FY 2022 emissions intensity metrics have been calculated using Scope 2 ‘market based’ data. 

VadoTech was acquired in March 2021; therefore, FY 2021 Group data only includes its emissions data for March to August. 

FY 2021 emissions and energy data has been restated to reflect a change in methodology and improved data availability.

48

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsESG Strategy continued

Water management
Water usage across the Group has been brought into focus in 
FY 2022 as part of our overall ESG strategy, with oversight from 
the ESG Committee. Although water is not widely used in the 
design, manufacturing or servicing of our products, the Group 
acknowledges that water is a scarce resource and therefore 
management is essential to minimise the Group’s impact on 
water availability and quality. 

Most of the Group’s water usage relates to cleaning, bathrooms 
and staff refreshments. In FY 2023 we aim to collect and disclose 
water withdrawal data across the business to set a Group 
baseline. Targets to reduce our water withdrawal can then be 
identified and established across the business. All staff have 
attended awareness training programmes throughout the year to 
raise awareness of the environmental impact of our water usage 
and are encouraged to limit water use and employ best practice 
to reduce usage in our facilities where possible.

Anthony Best Dynamics Limited water withdrawal

Freshwater withdrawal (m3)

Intensity ratio (m3 per £m revenue)

FY 2022

FY 2021

1,714

32.3

4,870

108.5

Waste management
All Company waste (both hazardous and non-hazardous) is 
managed in a sustainable manner, complying with all relevant 
environmental legislation and regulations as they relate to 
each location and community we operate in. We follow a waste 
management hierarchy of Prevention, Reuse, Recycling, Energy 
Recovery and Disposal, to ensure the reduction in waste sent to 
landfill and the associated reduction in GHG emissions supports 
our carbon neutral ambition. 

This year the Group has established a baseline for the total 
amount of waste generated across all Group operations. In 
FY 2022, 98% of all waste produced by the Group was non-
hazardous, 83% of all waste was recycled and 4% of waste was 
sent to landfill. With a baseline now calculated, the Group can 
actively monitor initiatives to reduce the amount of waste 
generated across all operations and to divert waste from landfill. 

In order to achieve the Group’s ambitions, a new waste 
management procedure has been implemented, waste handling 

training has been rolled out for all staff and we have improved 
labelling of waste disposal in all sites. An annual audit of all 
departments with significant waste output will also be carried 
out and results of this as well as progress in relation to our waste 
targets will be monitored and reviewed by the ESG Committee. 

At a subsidiary level, Anthony Best Dynamics Limited and AB 
Dynamics Europe GmbH have an ongoing waste reduction target 
of 5% per annum and aim to recycle 60% of all waste generated 
annually as part of their certified ISO 14001 Environmental 
Management Systems. In FY 2023, we will investigate whether 
quantitative, time-bound waste targets are also appropriate for 
other subsidiaries. 

2022 waste management

Non-hazardous
 waste

Unit

Hazardous 
waste

Tonnes to 
landfill

Tonnes 
recycled

Tonnes 
incinerated

Tonnes 
treated

Total

Metric 
tonnes 

Metric 
tonnes 

Metric 
tonnes 

Metric 
tonnes 

Metric 
tonnes 

Total 
waste

 4.10 

 76.40 

 9.40 

 4.10 

 76.40 

 9.40 

—

— 

— 

— 

1.74 

 1.74 

89.90 

1.74 

 91.64 

Waste management intensity

Non-hazardous
 waste

Unit

Hazardous 
waste

Total 
waste

Intensity 
ratio

Tonnes
 per £m
 revenue

1.12

0.02

1.14

Waste by type

Material type

Unit

Gases (in containers), 
paints, adhesives oils, 
batteries, 
accumulators, etc. 

Hazardous 
waste 

Paper/cardboard

Other mixed 
commercial waste 

Plastic and plastic 
packaging 

Glass

Non-
hazardous 
waste

Metal 

Agricultural (garden, 
horticultural, forestry, etc.)

Wood 

Electrical/electronic

Metric 
tonnes

Metric 
tonnes

Metric 
tonnes

Metric 
tonnes

Metric 
tonnes

Metric 
tonnes

Metric 
tonnes

Metric 
tonnes

Metric 
tonnes

FY 2022
total 
waste

 1.74 

 17.90 

 13.50 

 11.90 

 7.12 

 11.18 

 7.11 

 13.64 

 7.55 

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

49

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsESG Strategy continued

Sustainable products

In line with the UN SDG 9 (Sustainable Innovation), our ambition 
is to continue to be a pioneer of innovation, and support in the 
development of the electronic vehicle market, through testing of 
battery technology and charging infrastructure. ABD Solutions’ 
core mission is to accelerate the transition to autonomy by 
providing retrofit solutions that reuse existing vehicles to 
automate vehicle applications, helping our customers achieve 
their sustainability targets. 

Resource efficiency and product innovation
We integrate sustainability into our product design by 
considering key factors such as energy and resource efficiency. 
Our suite of products (physical track testing) does not have 
a high carbon footprint, and our simulation business (which 
enables OEMs to replicate the set-up of a particular vehicle and 
drive it around various settings virtually) reduced emissions by 
taking cars off the road. By encouraging our customers to use 
autonomous testing we significantly reduce the CO2 emissions 
compared to on-road vehicle testing. Wherever possible, we 
minimise our raw material use and avoid the use of conflict 
materials in our manufacturing processes. We use minimal 
levels of hazardous substances in our production process but 
continue to examine how we can improve this. We are looking at 
our product life cycle management to consider how emissions 
can be reduced in line with the Group’s target to achieve carbon 
neutrality by 2030.

As a Group we have implemented several measures to encourage 
resource efficiency across our operations. These include 
meeting all energy needs in the UK from renewable sources, 
water conservation initiatives, raw material efficiency, waste 
minimisation initiatives, including a centralised waste and 
recycling facility, and resource recovery projects like our solar 
heating panels on two UK facilities. We have worked closely with 
our supply chain to review the sustainability risks associated with 
procurement and to implement initiatives to reduce lifecycle 
carbon, through programmes to reduce packaging and source 
locally where possible.

50

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

We lead through engineering innovation and technology. Our 
employees are encouraged to generate new ideas relating to new 
products, new processes, major improvements or technology 
breakthroughs. We remain passionate about technology and aim 
to lead new trends in our market through our Engineering Design 
Centre, responsible for innovative products like our Advanced 
Driving Simulator.

All our employees undergo rigorous training on product safety 
issues and to raise their awareness of their environmental 
protection responsibilities. This year we also introduced specific 
training workshops on quality control, precautionary testing and 
product safety which all relevant staff (approximately 29% of 
the workforce) attended, to ensure the highest environmental, 
quality and safety standards are maintained. 

Responsible sourcing
In order to achieve our sustainability goals, it is vital that we 
develop, educate and work closely with our supply chain to 
uphold the ethical, human rights and environmental criteria 
that are at the heart of our business. We recognise the need 
for a proactive and engaged supply chain strategy, that meets 
our own high standards and that of our stakeholders. Our 
communications and relationships with customers, suppliers 
and advisers are managed within each subsidiary by senior 
management, and the Group expects the same high standards 
of expertise and business principles to be maintained in such 
dealings. Our aim is to ensure that there is consistency across 
our international entities, to enable us to monitor compliance. 
We have chosen to operate under a centralised, head office-
controlled framework but devolve responsibility for compliance 
within this framework to operating divisional or jurisdictional 
management, with the aim of global harmonisation around local 
requirements and legislation.

Supplier due diligence

Our supply chain is geographically diversified. All suppliers 
need to remain compliant with the legal framework in their 
countries. Before new suppliers are selected they are subject 
to a due diligence assessment which involves on-site visits and 
checks to determine if they are ‘fit for purpose’. This includes an 
assessment of their financial strength, environmental credentials 
and quality assurance. All suppliers are required to have a quality 
management system in line with ISO 9001 and, in line with these 
requirements, are audited by an independent third party annually 

and re-accredited every three years. We select suppliers for 
audit based on our supply chain risk assessments. Throughout 
the course of the year, these audits assess each supplier’s 
approach to human rights, data protection, modern slavery and 
health, safety and environmental issues amongst other matters. 
If any risks are identified, the Group works with suppliers to 
address them. Suppliers are then monitored in line with our 
non-conformance process, for environmental quality and safety 
issues, with any corrective actions recorded and monitored. 

We intend to work with our suppliers to build mutually beneficial, 
long-term partnerships, to ensure measurable, long-term 
sustainability improvements throughout our supply chain. In FY 
2023 we will focus on developing a Company-wide standardised 
supplier assurance and management schedule encompassing a 
regular schedule of supplier audits, to ensure our supply chain 
meets our high performance standards and simultaneously 
delivers on our social and environmental standards.

Prompt payment 

We understand the importance of predictable payments when 
operating a business and encourage good practice across the 
Group. When entering into new agreements for the supply 
of goods and/or services, our subsidiaries are responsible for 
agreeing appropriate payment terms. Group companies are 
encouraged to abide by the payment terms they have agreed, 
so long as they are satisfied that the supplier has provided 
the goods or services in accordance with the agreed terms 
and conditions. 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsESG Strategy continued

Ethics and compliance

We are committed to ensuring that the behaviours and practices 
of our organisation, including those within our supply chains, 
reflect our own high ethical standards and compliance with 
applicable laws and standards. We strive to conduct business 
honestly, openly and with integrity, as this approach will support 
our long-term success and sustainability. We hold our leaders 
accountable for ensuring their businesses operate according 
to the strict ethical standards we expect. We have in place a 
series of Group policies forming a global subsidiary governance 
framework to guide our actions and those of our employees, 
suppliers and partners to ensure good governance and ethical 
behaviour across our Group. These policies include Human Rights, 
Anti-bribery, Modern Slavery, Conflicts of Interest, Competition 
and Anti-trust. These policies can be located on our website. 

Employees (including part time and contractors) trained on 
business ethics policies in 20221

FY 2022

FY 2021

71%

20%

Percentage (%) of employees trained 
on the Group’s business ethics policies 
in the current fiscal year

1  VadoTech data not included due to data availability.

Human rights and modern slavery
We are committed to respecting human rights in accordance with 
international human rights principles, and these are integral to 
our business operations. The Group aims to manage and mitigate 
the risks associated with potential human rights breaches and 
modern slavery and to ensure we have transparency across 
our subsidiaries, via the implementation of standardised 
policies and methodologies forming part of the Group’s global 
subsidiary governance framework. The ESG Committee maintains 
responsibility, oversight and compliance with the Group’s human 
rights principles with the overall objective of ensuring good 
governance, oversight and monitoring of our supply chain and 
wider supplier relationships. Local management teams remain 

accountable for: observing the operational approach set by 
the Group, with each manager receiving appropriate briefings 
on these requirements; and ensuring compliance with local 
regulatory requirements, culture and specific business needs. 
Underpinning this approach are robust policies and procedures, 
together with appropriate training, which gives our workforce 
and other business partners guidance on breaches of human 
rights standards (such as human trafficking and child labour) and 
modern slavery and the measures we take to tackle such issues 
within our organisation and supply chain. All human rights abuses 
will be acted upon and appropriate action will be taken in a timely 
manner. We continue to believe that our exposure to the risks 
of human rights abuses and modern slavery is low within our 
business and supply chain, and we are confident that the policies 
and procedures that we have in relation to anti-slavery and 
human trafficking are in compliance with the Modern Slavery Act 
2015 and our public statement, to this effect, is available on the 
Group’s website (www.abdplc.com). Further, our internal policies 
in relation to Human Rights and Modern Slavery are published in 
English on our website and are available locally for our workforce 
in four languages.

Whistleblowing
The Group encourages an environment where honest and open 
communication is expected, with employees feeling comfortable 
to bring forward any concerns or violations of Group policies. 
Whilst we believe we have a robust framework in place and 
an embedded commitment to doing the right thing, where 
these high standards have not been met, we encourage our 
workforce to come forward and speak up. This is embedded 
into our Whistleblowing Policy which provides legal protection 
for all whistleblowers and an online whistleblowing hotline, 
available 24/7 through an independent provider (EQS Group). Our 
employees are encouraged to raise any concerns anonymously 
via the hotline to an independent Non-Executive Director of the 
Group. Our Whistleblowing Policy aims to encourage openness 
and will support and safeguard staff who raise genuine concerns 
in good faith, with non-retaliation provisions under this policy, 
even if they turn out to be mistaken. All reports made through 
this tool shall be investigated in line with the Group’s policy. 
Such investigations are supervised by the independent Non-
Executive Directors. Two whistleblowing reports were received 
and investigated during FY 2022 and resolved without the need 
for further action.

Anti-bribery and corruption
We prohibit bribery and all forms of fraud and will take legal or 
disciplinary action in all cases of actual or attempted fraud across 
all operations. We have a Group-wide policy on anti-bribery and 
corruption which has been circulated to every member of staff 
globally through the Company’s HR portals and QMS systems. 
Employees receive online training on anti-bribery and corruption 
to improve their understanding of the Group’s requirements and 
embed compliance. The policy and training modules are available 
in the four key languages spoken across the Group. 

Information systems and technology 
The Group believes it has robust and secure information 
technology (IT) systems with security controls and procedures 
in place, although we acknowledge that no IT system can 
be completely secure. The Group IT Manager is responsible 
for the integrity and security of the IT systems and strategy. 
The Group has processes in place for penetration testing, 
business contingency, data back-up and recovery, and there 
are various processes, software and hardware in place to 
prevent data security breaches and unauthorised access to the 
Group’s systems. These cybersecurity policies and procedures 
are reviewed annually. Additionally, we have engaged an 
independent consultant to review our information security 
management system, and aim to achieve TISAX Assessment Level 
3 certification (for our UK and German operations) in FY 2023. 
The Group also holds regular cybersecurity awareness training 
for staff in the majority of its operations, to ensure that our 
employees remain vigilant to cyber security breaches.

Tax transparency
The Group is committed to compliance with all applicable tax 
laws and regulations in all areas it operates in or is required to 
make filings in. All required tax filings are made accurately and 
on time with the relevant authorities. We are committed to a 
transparent and open approach to reporting on tax and do not 
engage in aggressive tax planning or tax avoidance schemes. 

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

51

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
S172(1) statement and stakeholder engagement

Engaging with our stakeholders

Customers

Industry bodies

Investors

AB Dynamics works with the biggest names in the automotive 
industry (including OEMs, proving grounds and motorsport teams).

Understanding our customers underpins the success of our business. 
Regular engagement ensures that the Group continues to operate 
with a ‘customer first’ attitude. We see customer satisfaction as an 
important aspect of our Group performance overall. This enables 
us to identify any changes required to our services and to deliver 
continuous improvements.

Aims and objectives for our stakeholders
•  Delivery – on time and on budget
•  Safety
•  Value
•  Relationships
•  Quality
•  Service and support

How we engage
•  Regular contact through key account managers and 

support engineers

•  Programme of webinars
•  Attendance at industry events
•  Customer surveys

Outcomes 
•  High level of engagement across all our customer groups.
•  Please refer to our activities of our Board on page 71 and to our 

ESG report on pages 34 to 51 for more information

52

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

In the complex and fast-moving automotive area, which is driven 
by innovation, data technologies, customer demand and budget 
constraints, policymakers and regulators face tremendous challenges 
to formulate effective, evidence-based and future-proof standards 
that improve safety, enhance environmental performance and serve 
the public interest. Productive engagement with industry bodies and 
trade associations is increasingly necessary and enables the Group to 
keep abreast of changes in the industry and lead our sector to make real 
improvements in both safety and environmental performance.

The support of our investors is vital to the long-term performance 
and success of the Group.

As an AIM listed company it is important to provide our shareholders 
with reliable, timely and transparent information. Our shareholders 
are constantly evaluating their portfolios and considering their 
exposure in our stock. To maintain a loyal shareholder base, it is 
important that we keep them well informed. We provide them with 
information to ensure their understanding of the business is up to 
date and enable them to make informed decisions. 

Aims and objectives for our stakeholders
•  Safety in the community
•  Focus research to improve safety
•  Environmental performance
•  Global improvement of industry standards
•  Human factors

How we engage
•  We are members or engage with over 18 industry bodies, including 
research organisations, certification and/or standards committees 
in the UK, Europe, the USA, Asia and Australia

•  Chair of various committees related to motorcycle and passenger 

car safety and human factors
•  Attendance at industry events
•  Speakers at industry events

Outcomes 
• 

Increased participation at industry events including showcasing 
the launches of our new products

Aims and objectives for our stakeholders
•  Financial performance 
•  Governance
•  People and culture
•  ESG initiatives and environmental management

How we engage
•  Annual Report and Accounts
•  AGM
•  Group website: www.abdplc.com
• 
Investor roadshows
•  Results presentations
•  Stock exchange announcements
• 

Investor visits and ad-hoc meetings and correspondence 
throughout the year

•  Open days

Outcomes 
•  Approval of all our resolutions at our AGM 2022
•  High engagement on our site visit held at our main UK site 
•  Positive investor feedback on engagement, accessibility and 

transparency

•  For more information please refer to the activities of the Board 

on page 71 and to the ESG report on pages 34 to 51

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsS172(1) statement and stakeholder engagement continued

Engaging with our stakeholders continued

Employees

Supply chains

Communities

With over 400 employees spread across the globe, the engagement 
and commitment of our employees is key to the Group’s resilience 
and continuing success.

Our external supply chains are an integral part of our business and 
effective engagement with our suppliers is an essential element 
of our ability to perform.

Our strength is in the products and services we provide through our 
people. Therefore, it is important to have a strong culture and invest 
time and effort in building diverse, skilled, motivated and highly 
trained teams.

Aims and objectives for our stakeholders
•  Remuneration and reward
•  Employee training and development
•  Company reputation
•  Health and safety
•  Diversity and inclusion
•  Employees’ wellbeing
•  Talent management

Inductions

How we engage
•  Through sector and business unit line managers
• 
•  Employee training
•  HSE reviews
•  Support women in engineering
•  Staff engagement survey
•  Vision and Values project
•  Community outreach
•  The CEO’s full-year and half-year presentations on strategy 

and Group performance

Outcomes 
•  High level of engagement measured through a rolling programme 

of employee engagement surveys

•  Our staff have an average length of service of over four years
•  Please refer to our ESG report on pages 34 to 51 for 

more information

Our suppliers provide a range of parts and services. The smooth 
functioning of our business depends upon the performance of those 
suppliers. Regular engagement ensures that we can maintain good 
relationships, and that the business, and its customers, are not 
exposed to unnecessary risks.

Aims and objectives for our stakeholders
•  Good working relationships 
•  Supply chain resilience
•  Prompt payment
•  Quality and reliability

How we engage
•  Provision of Group policies to suppliers
•  Supplier conferences and workshops
•  Supplier due diligence
•  Supplier quality assurance
•  Ensure prompt payment of suppliers in accordance with agreed 

terms and conditions

Outcomes 
•  Our subsidiaries are responsible for agreeing prompt payment 

The Group has long-term links with many of the communities within 
which it operates, most notably Bradford on Avon and the counties 
of Somerset and Wiltshire (UK), where we are headquartered and 
around half of our employees are based.

We see ourselves as part of the communities in which we live 
and work. Our active contribution and engagement with those 
communities is an important part of who we are and we are working 
to improve this engagement in all our locations.

Aims and objectives for our stakeholders
•  Support our local communities
•  Encourage participation and diversity within STEM environment
•  Encourage participation within our industry segment

How we engage
•  Sponsorship and charitable donations
•  Employee volunteering
•  University partnerships
•  STEM Ambassadors

Outcomes 
•  The Group has revised its CSR criteria to allow each employee 

two volunteering days a year

•  The revised CSR criteria allow employees to lead engagement 

in projects in their communities

terms, for more information please see page 50. 

•  For more information please refer to our ESG report on pages 34 

•  We have sought to strengthen our supplier relationships as a 

to 51 

way to manage the risk to our supply chain, which has included 
engagement with some new suppliers 

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

53

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsRisk management

Proactively identifying and managing 
risk throughout the Group

Although the Group does not currently have a dedicated internal 
auditor, the function of internal control is carried out by Group 
Finance, supported by the Company Secretary. Its responsibility 
is to monitor compliance and conduct or, where appropriate, 
commission specific reviews.

The Board has developed the framework to identify and manage 
risks, set the risk appetite of the Group and determine the overall 
risk tolerance levels.

A bottom-up risk analysis is undertaken considering detailed 
individual risks that fit into four main categories: strategic, 
operational, financial and compliance. This is combined with a 
strategic top-down review to ensure that all appropriate risks are 
identified, assessed and quantified. Mitigation plans and actions 
are then put in place to ensure risks are reduced to a level that is 
as low as reasonably practicable.

The risks are assessed both pre- and post-mitigation to identify 
the overall risk level based on a combination of probability of 
occurrence and the magnitude of potential consequences. For 
identified risks that are considered by the Board to be material, 
the Board monitors specific actions to mitigate these risks. For 
all other risks, the actions are implemented at local management 
level and are reviewed regularly by Executive Directors and the 
Executive Committee.

Identify 
internal and 
external risks

Reporting

Assess and 
quantify risks

AB Dynamics risk 
management 
framework 

Monitor 
effectiveness 
of mitigation 
plans

Manage and 
mitigate risks

To ensure sustainable delivery of shareholder 
value, the Group has implemented a risk 
management framework and management 
structure that ensure risks are identified, 
assessed and mitigated wherever possible. It is 
recognised that certain risks are beyond the 
control of the Group; however, the Board is 
committed to the protection and enhancement 
of the assets and reputation of AB Dynamics. 

Methodology
The Board has overall responsibility for the management and 
maintenance of systems and processes to manage risk and 
ensure delivery of our strategic priorities. 

Risk management responsibility is set out in the displayed 
structure. The Audit and Risk Committee has responsibility 
for reviewing the effectiveness of the risk management 
framework and internal controls and ensures that the Group 
is in full compliance with relevant regulations and laws, 
supported by the Company Secretary. Executive Directors 
have responsibility for overall management and delivery of 
the strategy, considering the risk environment and regular 
review of the risk management framework.

Senior management within the individual operating companies 
is then responsible for identifying and recording risks, 
implementing agreed mitigation actions, ensuring compliance 
with Group internal controls and ensuring compliance with 
relevant local laws and regulations.

54

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsRisk management continued

Internal control

•  Monitoring of compliance with internal controls and policies of the Group

•  Conducts or commissions specific reviews where necessary

Board
•  Overall accountability 

for corporate risk management 
and strategy

Audit and Risk Committee
•  Reviews effectiveness of risk 
management framework and 
internal controls

•  Determines overall risk appetite

•  Ensures compliance 

with relevant regulations  
and laws

Executive Directors
•  Management of the Group 
and delivery of the strategy

•  Monitoring and mitigation 

of key risks

•  Regular reviews of the risk 
management framework

“ Macroeconomic factors have 
increased risk in relation to 
supply chain, inflation and foreign 
exchange. To address this we have 
invested in inventory, employed 
different sourcing techniques, 
implemented price increases 
and hedged foreign exchange 
transactions where possible.”

Operating companies

•  Identify and record risks

•  Implementation of risk mitigation actions and compliance with internal 

controls and policies

•  Responsible for compliance with relevant laws and regulations

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

55

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPrincipal risks and uncertainties

Managing our risks throughout the Group

Strategic risk

Supply chain disruption 

Downturn or instability in 
major geographic markets or 
market sectors

Loss of major customers and 
change in customer 
procurement processes

Failure to deliver new 
products

Dependence on external 
routes to market

Acquisition integration  
and performance

Description

Description

Description

Description

Description

Description

The availability of key 
components has led to increased 
supply chain risk. Increased 
input costs leads to pressure 
on margins.

Adverse changes in 
macroeconomic conditions in key 
territories or specific automotive 
markets, including China, or the 
impact of other events such as 
a pandemic could potentially 
reduce or delay demand for the 
Group’s products and services. 
Inflationary cost pressures and a 
recessionary environment could 
result in a reduction in orders.

Loss of a significant customer 
to competition could result in 
reduced revenues.

Change in procurement processes 
could lead to pricing pressure.

With industry and regulatory 
development, the Group needs to 
ensure new product development 
responds to changes in the 
market with new products 
delivered on time and to budget.

Mitigation
•  Revenue spread across a 

Mitigation
•  Following the acquisition of 

Mitigation
•  Process for identifying 

The Group has completed several 
acquisitions. There is potential 
for acquisitions to not deliver the 
expected performance, resulting 
in a potential financial impact.

The Group uses several agents 
and resellers to address particular 
geographic markets:
•  Risk of reduced revenues if 

agreements end at short notice

•  Limited control of market 

pricing with resellers

•  Potential financial 

consequences on termination

Mitigation
•  Direct sales model in key 
territories with offices in 
Germany, the USA and Japan

Mitigation
•  Extensive financial, 

commercial and legal 
due diligence

range of geographic markets
•  Active safety and autonomous 
vehicle technology required 
despite automotive downturn

VadoTech, the largest customer 
now represents 12.5% of 
Group revenues
•  Continued product 

•  New strategy and action 

plan implemented to enter 
adjacent markets

•  Constant monitoring of market 
trends, drivers and needs to 
ensure market leadership

development and high levels 
of customer service to retain 
key customers

•  Long-term relationships with 

all key customers

new product opportunities 
established

•  New product development 

•  The Group will maintain 

•  Appropriate warranties 

process implemented 

agents and resellers in other 
territories as appropriate
•  Risks relating to financial 

consequences are understood 
and all transitions managed to 
minimise potential quantum of 
termination payments

and indemnities from sellers
•  Use of earnout deal structures 

to ensure management 
retention and incentivisation

•  Recruitment of senior 

management to support 
acquisitions, including finance

•  Close management and 
monitoring of business 
performance against budget

Mitigation
•  Dual sourcing for key 

components wherever 
possible provides mitigation 
for key suppliers or a 
tooling failure

•  Maintaining safety stock 

levels sufficient to protect 
against short-term disruption

•  Flexibility in production 
scheduling to mitigate 
price increases

•  Price increases to customers 

mitigate impact of inflationary 
cost pressures on margins

Change
Increased 

Change
Increased 

Change
No change 

Change
No change 

Change
No change 

Change
No change 

56

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

Operational risk

Cybersecurity and 
business interruption

Competitor actions 

Loss of key personnel

Threat of disruptive 
technology

Product liability

Failure to manage growth

Description

Description

Description

Description

Description

Description

Risk of malicious cyber attack on 
Group IT systems or significant 
failure of IT infrastructure, 
particularly with increased 
remote working.

Competitors may develop new 
technologies and/or products 
which may restrict revenue 
growth. Competitors may 
establish physical assets in 
key locations.

In previous years the Group had 
dependence on a small number of 
key individuals which could affect 
future business growth if they left 
the Group.

Unforeseen new and novel 
technology displaces the 
need for Group products and 
services. Simulation potentially 
reduces the volume of physical 
testing products.

Risk that products supplied by 
the Group fail in service and 
result in a claim under product 
liability, particularly during the 
introduction of new products.

Mitigation
•  External audit completed 

Mitigation
•  Constant product and 

during 2021 and 
recommended actions 
being implemented

•  Cyber Essentials certification 

• 

• 

achieved in the UK
Implementation of a new 
cloud based CRM/ERP system 
during the year
Implementation of enhanced 
security around remote access 

technology development
•  Monitoring of competitors 

and the IP/patents to ensure 
no infringement of Group 
intellectual property

•  Monitoring of competitor 
product launches and 
territory actions

Mitigation
•  Expansion of staff headcount 
and specific actions around 
succession planning and 
talent management

•  Strong staff retention rate 

with average length of service 
of more than five years with 
over two-thirds of employees 
recruited in the last three years

•  Recruitment and training of 

new management

•  Broadening of the senior 

management team 

Mitigation
•  Constant horizon scanning 

of new technologies

•  Engagement with customers 
and regulators to ensure 
we meet their current and 
future requirements
•  Established simulation 

capability and invested in 
infrastructure, systems and 
processes for growth to ensure 
the Group can address both 
virtual and real-world testing

Mitigation
•  Robust product development 
process ensuring products 
are safe and fit for purpose
•  Monitoring and investigation 
of any issues experienced

•  Established quality 

system to ensure that 
manufactured products 
meet the design standard

•  Suitably qualified and 

experienced engineering 
and technology staff

•  Product liability insurance 

policy in place

Rapid growth places demand 
on the Group’s management 
and resources. Suitable facilities 
are required to support the 
current and forecast demand 
of the market. Failure to ensure 
adequate capability and capacity 
could result in reduced revenues 
and/or growth.

Mitigation
•  Strategic priority placed 
on Group’s capability 
and capacity
Implementation of a five-
year financial model which 
determines requirements 
for people, facilities and 
equipment

• 

•  Engineering Design Centre 

• 

has scope for further 
operating expansion
Implementation of 
appropriate IT infrastructure 
through comprehensive 
CRM/ERP system 

•  Overseas offices established 
in the USA, Germany and 
Japan to support customers 
and product installed base

Change
No change 

Change
No change 

Change
No change 

Change
No change 

Change
No change 

Change

No change 

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

57

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

Financial risk

Compliance risk

Environmental risk

Foreign currency

Credit risk

Intellectual property/patents

Environmental risk

Description

Description

Description

Description

The Group operates internationally 
and is exposed to both transactional 
and translational foreign exchange 
risk. The main currencies to which it 
is exposed are the Euro and US dollar. 
Exposure to the Japanese yen is 
expected to grow.

The risk is enhanced by 
macroeconomic factors including the 
Ukraine Russian conflict, potential 
disruption in China, inflationary 
cost pressures and a recessionary 
environment and related currency 
volatility in the overseas entities.

Mitigation
•  Group finance function monitors 
currency forecasts to review the 
net exposure on revenue and costs

•  Majority of the Group’s revenues 

are contracted in GBP

•  Use of foreign currency contracts 
to hedge remaining exposure 
where appropriate

The Group has the potential to 
be exposed to bad debt risk from 
customers; however, there is no 
history of material bad debt in 
the business.

The Group utilises its intellectual 
property to deliver product and 
service revenue. Intellectual property 
theft and/or infringement could 
adversely affect product sales.

Failure to identify and effectively 
manage climate change risks 
and opportunities could result in 
decreased demand for our products 
and services as well as loss of 
customer confidence.

Mitigation
•  Risk is assessed on a case-by-

case basis and payment terms 
established according to risk
•  Advance payments and letters of 
credit used where appropriate

Mitigation
•  The Group has patented 

technology where appropriate that 
covers the key sales territories
•  Where products are not able to be 
protected through patents, design 
features and/or encryption is used 
to protect the core IP

•  Continual review of current patent 
and IP status and review of new 
products/technology conducted to 
ensure IP is protected

Mitigation
•  ESG Committee formed in FY 2021 
with responsibility for the creation 
of ESG policies and framework 
while promoting sustainable long-
term growth 

•  Continued focus on building the 
medium term plan for achieving 
carbon neutrality by 2030

•  Current development of a Group 

Environmental Policy

Change
Increased 

Change
No change 

Change
No change 

Change
Increased 

Dr James Routh
Chief Executive Officer 
23 November 2022

58

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsChairman’s introduction to corporate governance
Statement of corporate governance
Board of Directors
Executive Committee
Statement of corporate compliance
Nomination Committee report
Audit and Risk Committee report
ESG Committee report
Remuneration Committee report

Governance
60  
61 
62 
64 
66 
77 
79 
81 
82 
90   Directors’ report
93  

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Financial statements
94 
Independent auditor’s report
98 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
99  
Consolidated statement of financial position
100   Consolidated statement of changes in equity
101  Consolidated cash flow statement
102  Notes to the consolidated financial statements
123  Company statement of financial position
123   Company statement of changes in equity
124  Notes to the Company financial statements
129   Notice of Annual General Meeting

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

59

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsChairman’s introduction to corporate governance

Good governance - a core value 
of the Board

Richard (Dick) Elsy CBE, Non-Executive Chairman

60

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Dear shareholders,

I am pleased to introduce our Corporate governance report 
for the year ended 31 August 2022. 

Board effectiveness and evaluation
Good governance is underpinned by an environment of 
constructive challenge and the open sharing of views at Board 
level. Establishing and nurturing this within the Board has been 
an important personal responsibility and I was pleased to see this 
positively reflected in a more detailed independent review of 
Board performance commissioned by the Board. 

Our external evaluation found that our Board and Committee 
meetings are collaborative, with a good level of constructive 
challenge and awareness of both our achievements and our 
challenges. The evaluation found an effective Board that 
demonstrates a commitment to continuous development. 
I am pleased by this outcome and in this spirit of continuous 
improvement we have started to implement our development 
points and we will report on our progress next year. The Board 
remains uncomplacent as we continue to lead the Group’s 
journey to continued growth. 

Growth and scale
As we welcome the employees of Ansible Motion into our 
group of businesses, we are ensuring that they understand our 
governance values and best practices as they are integrated into 
our new market-facing business unit, AB Simulation. These are 
further steps in the growth of the Group into a multinational 
business with 22 legal entities. 

It continues to be essential to scale our governance structures to 
meet these increased demands of our Group today and allow for 
future growth whether organically or by acquisition. The Board 
has maintained a strong focus during the year on the Group’s 
short, medium and long-term strategic objectives, including the 
integration of recent acquisitions, with the Board monitoring the 
performance of the acquired businesses. 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsChairman’s introduction to 
corporate governance continued

Statement of corporate governance

Growth and scale continued
With regulation, risk and responsibilities for directors around 
the management of legal entities all increasing, we understand 
that a strong global subsidiary governance framework can both 
enhance our value and prevent costly financial and reputational 
damage. We operate under a centralised, head office-controlled 
framework but devolve responsibility for compliance within this 
framework to operating divisional management, with the aim 
of global harmonisation around local legislation. This is achieved 
via a robust business-wide delegation of authority. 

Culture and values
The Board recognises its leading role in establishing the culture 
and values of the Group and embedding these throughout our 
Group. The Group benefits from a very high degree of employee 
engagement, measured in our rolling programme of engagement 
surveys, and our employees are supported by our HR team, 
alongside a multifunctional group of colleagues who represent 
the wide range of expertise from our business units, were active 
in managing the communication and promotion of our culture 
and values. Our core values of customers, people, diversity, 
innovation, excellence and responsibility are reflected in our 
policies and our business ethics framework. This year, our ESG 
Committee has updated our Group CSR criteria to deepen our 
links and involvement with our local communities, as is detailed 
further in the ESG strategy report on pages 34 to 51.

Stakeholders
Consideration of the Group’s full range of stakeholders, including 
our people, investors, strategic partners and suppliers, continues 
to be an integral part of the Board’s discussions and decision 
making. The Section 172 statement on pages 52 to 53 describes 
how the Board took its wider responsibilities into account, 
including an overview of the Board’s engagement activities 
with each of our key stakeholder groups.

AGM
Our AGM will take place on 11 January 2023. You can read more 
about our plans for the AGM later in this report and in the notice 
of meeting on pages 129 to 133.

Richard Elsy CBE
Non-Executive Chairman
23 November 2022

This Statement of corporate governance is an explanation 
of how the Group has applied the ten principles of the QCA 
Code throughout the year. The Code and these standards 
are integrated into the Group’s operations and compliance 
supports the achievement of our strategic objectives. Whilst 
day-to-day operational decisions are managed by the Chief 
Executive Officer, certain strategic decision-making powers 
and authorities of the Company are reserved as matters for 
the Board.

The Board recognises the value of good corporate governance 
and can confirm that it has complied with the Quoted 
Companies Alliance Corporate Governance Code 2018 (the 
‘QCA Code’) for the period under review, as required by the 
AIM Rules. 

Independent Board review and evaluation
Part 1: to review if the Board is spending its time effectively, 
considering and discussing the correct matters and with good 
quality information was completed in July 2021 and reported 
in the Group’s Annual Report 2021.

Part 2: addressed if the Board is operating effectively as a 
team, demonstrating a balance of support and constructive 
challenge with a blend of skills to successfully navigate the 
Group’s strategic challenges. This part was performed in 
August 2022. 

Part 2 of the evaluation described an effective Board with an 
interest in continuous development. Further details of the 
outcome of the report can be found on page 72. 

Summary of compliance with the QCA Code
The Board has reviewed the principles and provisions of the 
QCA Code. Following this review, the Board is pleased to 
confirm that the Company has complied with the Code for the 
financial year ended 31 August 2022. 

The QCA Code can be found on the QCA’s website 
(www.theqca.com) and further information on compliance 
with the Code can be found below.

The Board held eight full meetings through the year ended 
31 August 2022, and the Directors’ attendance at those 
meetings is set out on page 70.

The Board is committed to the pursuit and maintenance of 
very high standards of corporate governance by promoting 
ethical and sustainable values and behaviours consistently 
across the Group’s businesses. This report, along with the 
sections detailed below, aims to provide clear and meaningful 
explanations of how the Board and its Committees have 
discharged their governance duties and explains how 
the Group promotes open and transparent discussions 
and welcomes constructive challenge in every aspect of 
its business.

“ The Board recognises the value 
of good corporate governance 
and can confirm that it has 
complied with the QCA Code 
during the year.” 

  Read more about our Statement of corporate governance on 

page 68

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

61

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsBoard of Directors

A leadership team 
creating sustainable 
shareholder value

Length of tenure

Balance of Executive and independent  
Non-Executive Directors

  Non-Executive1 

 Chairman was assessed 
as independent on 

  4+ years 

  Executive 

  2 – 4 years 

80+
appointment.40+
60+

Gender diversity

  Female 

  Male 

1 

62

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

RC

N

E

E

Dr James Routh
Chief Executive Officer
Appointments:
Joined the Group and was appointed to the Board 
as an Executive Director on 1 October 2018.

Skills and experience:  IND RE
James brings significant engineering and 
management leadership experience gained across 
international businesses. Prior to joining the Group, 
James was Group Managing Director at FTSE 250 
listed Diploma PLC for six years where he delivered 
a series of successful international acquisitions. His 
previous career involved engineering leadership 
positions predominantly in the aerospace and 
defence industry, including senior roles at Chemring 
Group PLC and Cobham PLC. James holds a PhD in 
Engineering and is a Chartered Mechanical Engineer 
and Fellow of the Institution of Mechanical Engineers.

Number of Board meetings attended:
8 of 8 

External appointments:
James is Non-Executive Director and 
Senior Independent Director at Tracsis plc.

Richard (Dick) Elsy
Non-Executive Chairman
Appointments:
Joined the Board as Non-Executive Director 
on 1 August 2020.

Chair of the Remuneration Committee from 1 August 
2020–1 July 2021.

Non-Executive Chairman (assessed as independent 
on appointment) and Chairman of the Nomination 
Committee from 1 July 2021. 

Skills and experience:  IND
Dick is a career veteran from the automotive industry, 
with the bulk of his time spent at Land Rover and 
then Jaguar, where he was Engineering Director. 
He ran Torotrak plc, and was CEO of the High Value 
Manufacturing Catapult, Europe’s largest advanced 
manufacturing research institution.

In 2020 Dick chaired the Ventilator Challenge 
UK Consortium, an extraordinary programme to 
repurpose the automotive, motorsport and aero 
industries to build thousands of complex medical 
devices in a matter of a few weeks in response to the 
pandemic crisis.

Number of Board meetings attended:
8 of 8 

External appointments:
Dick is Non-Executive Director of AWE and chairs both 
the Faraday Advisory board and STFC Industry and 
Business Partnership’s board for UKRI. He is a Fellow 
of the Royal Academy of Engineering and an honorary 
professor at Strathclyde University.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements+
20
+
+
R
 
+
60
+
+
R
+
40
+
+
+
+
R
 
 
Board of Directors continued

A

RC

N

A

RC

N

E

Sarah Matthews-DeMers
Chief Financial Officer 
Appointments:
Joined the Group and was appointed to the Board 
as an Executive Director on 4 November 2019.

Skills and experience:  £$
Sarah has extensive experience of financial 
management in public company environments, 
investor relations and strategic development. Most 
recently Group Finance Director of Carclo plc, Sarah 
was previously Director of Strategy at Rotork plc 
where she led a wide-reaching strategic review. Prior 
to this she was Deputy Group Finance Director at Avon 
Rubber plc, being part of the senior management 
team during a period of significant transformation. 
She began her career at PwC, working with many 
international manufacturing and technology 
companies. Sarah is a Chartered Accountant 
and Fellow of the ICAEW with a first-class degree 
in Accountancy Studies. 

Number of Board meetings attended:
8 of 8

External appointments:
None.

Richard Hickinbotham
Non-Executive Director (Independent) 
Appointments:
Joined the Board as Non-Executive Director 
on 14 August 2017. 

Chair of the Remuneration Committee from 
1 July 2021. 

Chair of the Nomination Committee from 
14 August 2017–1 July 2021.

IND

Skills and experience:  £$
Richard holds a BSc in Mechanical Engineering from 
Imperial College and is a Chartered Accountant with 
over 30 years’ City experience. He is currently Head of 
Research at Singer Capital Markets and was previously 
in research management roles at Cantor Fitzgerald 
Europe and Charles Stanley Securities. He has held 
several senior positions at Investec and S G Warburg & 
Co. (acquired by UBS). In 2013 Richard was part of the 
advisory team that listed the Group on AIM.

Number of Board meetings attended:
7 of 8 

External appointments:
Richard is Head of Research at Singer Capital Markets 
and Non-Executive Interim Chair of Directa Plus Plc.

Louise Evans
Non-Executive Director (Independent) 
Appointments:
Joined the Board and appointed Chair of the Audit 
and Risk Committee on 6 April 2020. 

Chair of the ESG Committee from August 2020. 

Skills and experience:  £$
A qualified Chartered Accountant, Louise was 
previously Group Finance Director of Williams 
Grand Prix Holdings plc and, most recently, 
Braemar Shipping Services plc.

Number of Board meetings attended:
8 of 8 

External appointments:
Louise is a Non-Executive Director and Chair 
of the Audit Committee of Gooch & Housego plc 
and Non-Executive Director of the International 
Foundation for Aids to Navigation.

A

Audit and Risk Committee

RC

Remuneration Committee

N

E

Nomination Committee

ESG Committee

Committee Chairman

£$

Financial expert

IND

Industry expert

RE

Risk expert

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

63

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsExecutive Committee

A balance of skills

The Executive Committee includes 
the Group CEO and CFO as well as 
the following business leaders.

The newly formed Executive Committee 
(Excom) oversees the delivery of the Group’s 
strategy, monitors the operational and financial 
performance of the business, allocates 
resources across the Group, manages risk and 
implements the Group’s governance policies.

The members of the Committee include 
the Executive Directors, the Chief Operating 
Officer, the President Asia Pacific and 
North America and the Group Operational 
Excellence Director. 

Other Directors may attend by invitation.

During the year, four Excom meetings 
were held.

Dr James Routh
Chief Executive Officer

Sarah Matthews-DeMers
Chief Financial Officer 

See pages 62 and 63 for biographies.

64

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsExecutive Committee continued

Stephen Brown
Chief Operating Officer
Appointments:
Joined the Group on 16 November 2020 and is 
a member of the Group Executive Committee.

Skills and experience:
Stephen brings significant senior leadership 
experience from roles in positions with 
responsibilities in different regions across the globe. 
Prior to joining the Group, Stephen led BP plc’s 
Launchpad strategy to establish five standalone 
entities’ business plans and implement product 
and technology roadmaps to maximise market 
penetration. Previous roles include CTO at Expleo, 
a global consultancy helping to harness technology 
change for competitive advantage, and Vice 
President at Romax Technology where he had global 
responsibility for the technical roadmap, high value 
projects, client product integration and applications, 
IP commercialisation and business model creation. 
Following a degree in Mechanical Engineering, 
Stephen began his career at Rolls-Royce where he 
progressed to Technical Director of the Industrial 
Power Group.

Andrew Ng
President Asia Pacific and North America
Appointments:
Joined the Group and appointed as President 
Asia Pacific on 1 October 2021 and North America 
on 1 October 2022 and is a member of the Group 
Executive Committee.

Skills and experience:
Andrew brings senior management leadership 
experience and significant commercial experience 
in APAC, North America and Europe. Prior to joining 
the Group, Andrew was Group Managing Director – 
APAC at FTSE 250 listed Diploma plc for four years, 
Managing Director – Australia for FTSE 250 listed 
Fenner plc for ten years and International Sales and 
Business Development at NZ50 listed Skellerup for 
twelve years. He delivered successful acquisitions 
in the APAC region and has extensive experience in 
automotive, mining, mineral processing, oil and gas 
and valve control. Andrew has a BAS in Materials 
Science from the University of Technology, Sydney, 
and an MBA from Macquarie University, Sydney, Australia.

Tom Willis
Group Operational Excellence Director
Appointments:
Joined the Group on 11 July 2022 and is a member 
of the Group Executive Committee.

Skills and experience:
Tom brings significant operational and leadership 
experience in operations and supply chain activities 
across the UK, Europe, North America and APAC. Prior 
to joining the Group, Tom was Programme Director 
at FTSE 250 listed Diploma plc for two years, Global 
Operations Director for Hallite Seals, a Michelin 
company, for three years and Supply Chain Director 
for UK and Ireland at CAC Mid 60 listed Rexel for 18 
years. He delivered global transformation projects 
in moving from an existing operational state into the 
next stage of business evolution to drive improved 
customer service, improvements through global 
sourcing and implementation of ERP systems, and in 
bringing to the businesses new technologies through 
robotics and software that had never been seen before.

“ The Executive 
Committee facilitates 
execution of the 
Group’s strategy though 
running the day-to-
day operations of 
the business.”

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

65

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStatement of corporate compliance

Summary of compliance with the QCA Corporate Governance Code (QCA)

Principle 1: Establish a strategy and business model which promote long-term value 
for shareholders.

Principle 2: Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs and expectations.

Principle 3: Take into account wider stakeholder and social responsibilities and their implications 
for long-term success.

Principle 4: Embed effective risk management, considering both opportunities and threats, 
throughout the organisation.

Principle 5: Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, balanced team led by the Chair.

Principle 6: Ensure that between them the Directors have necessary up-to-date experience, skills 
and capabilities.

Principle 7: Evaluate Board performance based on clear and relevant objectives, seeking 
continuous improvement.

The Group has built on its existing core strategy to diversify the business and enter larger, growth-
focused markets. For more details regarding this strategy please see the Strategic report on pages 1 to 
58 and the Group’s detailed analysis of its compliance with the QCA Code Principle 1 available on the 
Group’s website.

The Group maintains regular contact with its major shareholders and is committed to communicating 
openly with shareholders through announcements made on RNS and presentations to institutional 
shareholders, private client brokers and investment analysts. Meetings and site visits are regularly held 
with existing and prospective investors. For further and more detailed explanations of how the Group 
applies Principle 2, see our commentary on the Group’s Section 172 responsibilities on pages 52 to 53 
and the Statement of corporate governance on pages 68 to 76.

Social engagement and the Group’s responsibilities to the communities within which we operate is one 
of the pillars of our ESG strategy and remains key to our Group’s success. We summarise the Group’s 
community activities and general corporate social responsibilities on pages 42 to 44.

The Group has implemented a risk management framework and management structure that 
ensure risks are identified, assessed and mitigated wherever possible. For further and more 
detailed explanations of how the Group applies Principle 4, see Principal risks and uncertainties on 
pages 56 to 58.

During the year the Board instructed Savendie to complete Part 2 of an independent Board review and 
evaluation (Part 1 was completed in 2021). Part 2 addressed whether the Board is operating effectively 
as a team, demonstrating a balance of support and constructive challenge with a blend of skills to 
successfully navigate the Group’s strategic challenges. For further and more detailed explanations of 
how the Group applies Principle 5, see the Statement of corporate governance on pages 68 to 76.

The composition of the Board is monitored by the Nomination Committee. The Board is satisfied that 
the Directors have a blend of skills, experience, knowledge and independence suited to the Group’s 
needs and its continuing development. Information on the Directors’ range of skills including details of 
their technical and/or financial experience and expertise can be found on pages 62 to 63.

The Board and its Committees review their skills, experience, independence and knowledge to enable 
the discharge of their duties and responsibilities effectively. This year the Board has instructed 
Savendie to undertake Part 2 of an independent Board review and evaluation (Part 1 was completed 
in 2021). For further and more detailed explanations of how the Group applies Principle 7, see our 
Statement of corporate governance on page 72.

66

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStatement of corporate compliance continued

Summary of compliance with the QCA Corporate Governance Code (QCA Code) continued

Principle 8: Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values and behaviours.

Principle 9: Maintain governance structures and processes that are fit for purpose and support 
good decision making by the Board.

Principle 10: Communicate how the Company is governed and is performing by maintaining 
a dialogue with shareholders and other relevant stakeholders.

The Board is committed to the pursuit and maintenance of very high standards of corporate governance 
and the promotion of ethical and sustainable values and behaviours across the Group’s businesses. For 
further and more detailed explanations of how the Group applies Principle 8, see our Statement of 
corporate governance on pages 68 to 76. For more information on the Group’s vision and values, refer 
to page 38.

The Group operates under a centralised, head office-controlled framework and devolves responsibility 
for compliance within this framework to each operating division or jurisdictional management, with 
the aim of global harmonisation around local legislation. This is achieved via a robust business-wide 
delegation of authority. The Group’s governance framework and the structures of the Board and its 
Committees are fully detailed within our Statement of corporate governance on pages 68 to 71.

Engagement with our stakeholders is key to a successful business and is an ongoing part of managing 
our business. We summarise why and how we engage with our six key stakeholders including our 
shareholders on pages 52 to 53. How the Board remains informed of this engagement and a statement 
summarising the effects of their consideration of stakeholder interests and the details of the principal 
decisions taken by the Board during the financial year can be found on page 71. For further and more 
detailed explanations of how the Group maintains a dialogue with its shareholders and other relevant 
stakeholders, refer to the Company’s Section 172(1) statement on pages 52 to 53.

Further information on the Group’s compliance with the QCA Code can be found on the Group’s website, www.abdplc.com, on the AIM Rule 26 page.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

67

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStatement of corporate governance continued

Governance framework

Board

The Board of Directors (the ‘Board’) is collectively responsible to the Group’s shareholders for the long-term success of the Group. This responsibility includes matters of strategy, performance, 
resources, standards of conduct and accountability as well as having regard for our employees, customers, suppliers and the impact of our activities on both the environment and the communities in 
which we operate. The Board also has ultimate responsibility for corporate governance, which it discharges either directly or through its Committees. The Board delegates certain responsibilities to 
the Board’s Committees outlined below, whilst maintaining an appropriate level of oversight through regular reports from Committee Chairs. The matters reserved for the Board can be found on the 
investor relations section of the Group’s website, www.abdplc.com.

The Board’s role is to:

•  Determine the Group’s overall strategy and direction 
•  Ensure appropriate adherence to health and safety requirements and promote an appropriate safety culture
•  Establish and maintain controls, audit processes and risk management policies to ensure they mitigate identified risks and that the Group operates efficiently 
•  Approve budgets and review performance relative to those budgets and approve the financial statements 
•  Approve material agreements and non-recurring projects 
•  Approve Board appointments 
•  Review and approve Group-wide remuneration policies and executive remuneration 
•  Ensure effective communication with shareholders and other key stakeholders
•  Promote a corporate culture based on sound ethical values and behaviours

Committees

Where appropriate, matters are delegated to the Board’s four Committees (Nomination, Audit and Risk, Remuneration and ESG), which will consider and manage them in accordance with their terms 
of reference.

Nomination Committee
•  Board and Committee composition 
•  Succession planning 
•  Board diversity 
•  Executive and Non-Executive Board 

appointments and strategy 

Audit and Risk Committee
•  External audit 
•  Financial reporting 
•  Risk management and internal controls 
•  Internal audit

Remuneration Committee
•  Remuneration policy 
•  Remuneration principles 
•  Incentive scheme design and  

setting of targets 

•  Executive and senior management 

remuneration

 Environmental policy

ESG Committee
• 
•  Diversity
•  People and potential
•  CSR and community engagement
•  Ethical, diverse and robust supply chains
• 

  Read more on pages 77 to 78

  Read more on pages 79 to 80

  Read more on pages 82 to 89

  Read more on page 81

68

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Statement of corporate governance continued

Governance framework continued

Division of responsibilities
The Group strives for a clear division of responsibilities and the table below outlines the Directors’ roles and remits. The majority of the Board are independent Non-Executive Directors (the Chair 
being assessed as independent upon appointment). Further information on the Directors’ range of skills including details of their technical and/or financial experience and expertise can be found on 
pages 62 to 63.

Chair
•  Responsible for the leadership and overall 

Chief Executive Officer
•  Provides the day-to-day leadership 

effectiveness of the Board and for ensuring 
appropriate strategic focus and direction
•  Provides leadership to the Board, setting 

the agenda, style and tone of Board 
discussions to promote constructive debate 
and challenge between the Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors 

•  Ensures that there is a good information flow 
to the Board, and from the Board to its key 
stakeholders 

•  Supports and advises the Chief Executive 
Officer, particularly on the development 
of strategy 

•  Demonstrates ethical leadership and 

promotes the highest standards of integrity 
throughout the business 

•  Ensures effective operation of the 

Board’s Committees 

of the Group 

•  Responsible for developing and defining 

strategic proposals for recommendation to 
the Board and the subsequent implementation 
of the agreed strategy

•  Accountable for business performance 
•  Responsible for developing an organisational 
structure, and establishing processes and 
systems to ensure that the Group has the 
capabilities and resources required to achieve 
its plans 

•  Maintains a dialogue with the Chair on all 

important matters and strategic issues facing 
the Group 

•  Ensures that there is an effective framework 

of internal controls, including risk 
management, covering all business activities 

•  Oversees the application of Group policies 

and governance procedures

•  Ensures that the Board is fully informed 

of all key matters 

•  Develops and promotes effective 

communication with shareholders and 
other key stakeholders 

Chief Financial Officer 
• 

 Oversees the financial delivery and 
performance of the Group and provides 
insightful financial analysis that informs 
key decision making 

•  Leads investor relations activities and 

communication with investors alongside 
the Chief Executive Officer 

•  Works with the Chief Executive Officer to 
develop budgets and medium-term plans 
to support the agreed strategy 

•  Supports the Chief Executive Officer in 
developing and implementing strategy, 
allocating resources across the Group 
and managing risk

Independent Non-Executive Directors 
•  Bring external perspectives and insight to the 
deliberations of the Board and its Committees

•  Provide a range of knowledge and business 

experience from different sectors and 
undertakings (see their biographies on pages 
62 to 63) 

•  Assist in the formulation and progression of 
the Board’s agreed strategy and monitor the 
performance of the executive management 
in the implementation of this strategy

•  Constructively challenge management and 

decisions taken at Board level 

•  Oversee the performance of management 

in meeting agreed goals 

•  Support the Chair and Executive Directors 
to instil an appropriate culture, values and 
behaviours in the boardroom and across 
the Group 

•  Challenge the adequacy and quality of 

information received prior to Board meetings

Executive Committee 
The newly formed Executive Committee comprises the Group’s senior leadership below Board level and assists the Executive Directors in facilitating the execution of the strategy.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

69

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStatement of corporate governance continued

Governance framework continued

Board and Committee attendance record

Member

Independence

Board 1 AGM

Strategy 
Day

Audit 

and Risk Remuneration

Nomination

ESG

Executive
Dr James Routh

Sarah Matthews-
DeMers

Non-Executive
Dick Elsy CBE

Richard 
Hickinbotham

Louise Evans

N

N

8/8

Yes

8/8

Yes

Y 2

8/8

Yes

Y

Y

7/8

8/8

Yes

Yes

1/1

1/1

1/1

0/1 3

1/1

N/A

N/A

3/3

3/3

3/3

N/A

N/A

7/7

7/7

7/7

N/A 5/5

N/A N/A

1/1

5/5

1/1 N/A

1/1

5/5

1.   The table shows attendance at full Board meetings only. Sub-Committees were convened with the authorisation of the Board 

throughout the course of the year for transactional activities.

2.  Dick Elsy was considered independent at the time of his appointment as Chair.

3.   Richard Hickinbotham did not attend the Strategy Day due to the guidance in place in relation to COVID-19 at the date of the meeting. 

Effectiveness
For the Directors to effectively perform their responsibilities as set out in the matters reserved 
for the Board below, the Board meets at least eight times each financial year. The Board and 
Committees also meet on an ad-hoc basis when required by business priorities. In addition, the 
Board attends a strategy day at the beginning of each calendar year to discuss in depth the Group’s 
strategic direction. Details of the Directors’ attendance at scheduled meetings can be found above. 

Dick Elsy, Non-Executive Director, was considered independent on his appointment as Chair. Louise 
Evans and Richard Hickinbotham, as Non-Executive Directors, are independent of the Executive and 
are free to exercise independence of judgement. Richard Hickinbotham has the longest tenure of 
the Non-Executive Directors at just over five years; therefore, the Board does not believe any of our 
Non-Executives have formed associations with management or others that may compromise their 
ability to exercise independent judgement or act in the best interests of the Group. The Board is 
satisfied that no conflict of interest exists for any Director.

Time commitments of the Non-Executive Directors
All Non-Executive Directors have been advised of the time required to fulfil their role and remit 
prior to their appointment and this requirement is included in their letters of appointment. The 
Board is satisfied that the Chair and each of the independent Non-Executive Directors can devote 
sufficient time to the Group’s business. The Nomination Committee reviews the time commitments 
of the Non-Executive Directors on an annual basis.

Matters reserved for the Board 
Matters reserved for the Board include, but are not limited to: 

•  Strategy and management, including responsibility for the overall leadership of the Group, 

setting the Group’s values and standards, and overview of the Group’s operational management

•  Structure and capital, including changes relating to the Group’s capital structure and major 

changes to the Group’s corporate structure, including acquisitions and disposals, and changes 
to the Group’s management and control structure

•  Financial reporting, including the approval of the Annual Report and Accounts, half-yearly 

report, trading statements, preliminary announcement for the results and dividend, treasury 
and accounting policies

•  Internal controls, ensuring that the Group manages risk effectively by approving its risk appetite 

and monitoring aggregate risk exposures

•  Contracts, including approval of all major capital projects and major investments
•  Ensuring satisfactory communication with the Group’s stakeholders, including its shareholders 
•  Board membership and other appointments, including changes to the structure, size and 
composition of the Board, and succession planning for the Board and senior management

Activities of the Board 
The Group’s governance framework is set out on pages 68 to 71. The core activities and calendar 
of the Board and its Committees are planned on an annual basis and this framework forms the 
structure within which the Board operates.

70

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStatement of corporate governance continued

Governance framework continued

Activities of the Board continued

Key considerations
Strategy

Key activities
•  Annual strategy day (February 2022) to discuss the future 

In practice
The Board considered and agreed (in principle) to the CEO’s proposals for the following:

strategic direction of the Group 

•  Assessment of the Group’s performance against previously 

agreed strategic objectives 

•  Review of the CEO’s proposals for the strategic future 

of the Group

Finance

•  Approval of the Group’s Budget for the financial year ending 

31 August 2023 and 3 year plan

•  ERP system preparation and implementation activities
•  Tender process to appoint Grant Thornton UK LLP as the Group’s 

external auditor

•  The due diligence for the acquisition of Ansible Motion Ltd

Risk and 
compliance

•  Annual review of the Group’s strategic risk register
•  Continuation of due diligence on third party suppliers 

People 
and culture

and agents

•  Review of Group-wide policies
•  Review of Group-wide insurance coverage
•  Maintenance of the Group’s whistleblowing platform
•  Professional development programme launch
•  Group CSR criteria review
•  Review of current structure of the Group
•  Employee engagement surveys

Governance

•  Engaged Vistra, a global company secretarial services provider, 

to assist the Group’s legal and compliance activities in all regions 

•  Pursued growth of the Group’s ESG agenda led by the ESG 

Committee 

•  Reviewed and maintained a global subsidiary governance 

framework, to improve management oversight and governance 
of all legal entities 

•  Stakeholder engagement 
•  Part 2 of the Board and Committee performance evaluation

•  M&A pipeline (including the development of the business case to acquire Ansible Motion Ltd)
•  Sales and marketing capability, including development of channels to market
•  Leadership requirements, including leadership in operational excellence supported by recruitment activity
•  Organisational design and structure review
•  Product and technology development, including the plan to release new products (rFpro’s SIL simulation 

software, DRI’s motorcycle ADAS target and articulating pedestrian ADAS target)

•  Enchanced systems and processes to support the Group’s growth
The Board considered the Group’s response to inflation risks, cost of living increases and pricing increases and 
agreed a mid-year supplementary wage increase where appropriate. 

The Board debated the risks and benefits of the current dividend policy, including the options available in light 
of an economic environment underpinned by rising inflation and interest rates and some exposure to geo-political 
uncertainty. It concluded that the total dividend for the year should be 5.3p.

The Board were involved in the tender process and approved the selection of Grant Thornton UK LLP as the Group’s 
external auditor following the completion of the audit process for the year ended 31 August 2022 (subject to 
shareholder approval at the AGM on 11 January 2023).
The Board received information to assess and mitigate risks associated with the situation in Ukraine following 
the start of the conflict in February 2022. 

The Board were updated by the CEO about the Group’s progress to de-risk its supply chain and improve 
its diversification of suppliers of its key components. 

The Board received two whistleblowing issues through its whistleblowing platform. For further details please refer 
to page 51. 

The Group launched a new career development programme including a professional development programme 
for emerging leaders with participants invited to enrol from across the Group’s business units. 

The Group revised its CSR criteria, underpinned by its corporate values, to ensure that its CSR activities enhance 
the links to the Group’s local communities. 

The Group instigated a programme of employee engagement surveys with regular follow ups. 
The Group engaged Vistra to provide a standardised approach to legal and company regulatory matters in all 
the jurisdictions in which the Group operates. This allows the Group to operate a more efficient and effective 
governance structure to ensure all of its subsidiaries are sufficiently supported and in compliance with local 
regulations. 
The Group’s ESG agenda this year focused on reductions in our CO2 emissions, waste and water usage and 
data collection to accurately measure our use of these finite resources. The Group achieved an MSCI AA rating.

Part 1 of the board evaluation was facilitated by Savendie in June 2021 and the development points highlighted 
were implemented. Savendie completed Part 2 of the board evaluation in August 2022 and the Board is now 
implementing Savendie’s recommendations this year, please refer to page 72 for more information.

Focus for 2023 – The Board will focus on diversification, ESG and further improvements to its subsidiary governance framework.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

71

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStatement of corporate governance continued

Statement of corporate governance

Board meetings
During the period, the Board convened formally on eight 
occasions. The Board retains the services of a Company 
Secretary and receives its information on a secure platform, 
Board Intelligence. The routine Board and Committee papers 
are distributed seven days in advance of the scheduled meetings 
(a minority of papers may be circulated nearer to the time of a 
meeting on an exceptional basis).

Any Director can challenge proposals, with decisions reached 
after open discussions. Any Director can ask for a concern to 
be noted in the minutes of the meeting which are circulated to 
all Directors. Specific actions arising from meetings are agreed 
by the Board or relevant Committee and then followed up by 
management. The Board is supported by the Audit and Risk, 
Remuneration, Nomination and ESG Committees, each of which 
has access to information, resources and advice that it deems 
necessary, at the Group’s cost, to enable each Committee to 
discharge its duties.

The Chair also meets separately with Non-Executive Directors 
without Executive Directors or other managers present. Debate 
and discussion at Board and Committee meetings is encouraged 
to be open, challenging and constructive. 

Board composition
As at 31 August 2022, the Board comprised a Non-Executive 
Chairman (who was deemed independent upon appointment), 
two Executive Directors and two independent Non-Executive 
Directors. A biography of each Director in office at the end of 
the year is set out on pages 62 to 63. 

The composition of the Board is monitored by the Nomination 
Committee. The Board remains satisfied that each Director, 
whether Executive or Non-Executive, has the necessary time to 
devote to effectively discharge their responsibilities and that, 
between them, the Directors have a blend of skills, experience, 
knowledge and independence suited to the Group’s needs 
and its continuing development. The Board is also assured 
that it has a suitable balance between independence and 
knowledge of the Group to enable it to discharge its duties and 
responsibilities effectively. All Directors are encouraged to use 
their independent judgement and constructively challenge other 
Directors where appropriate.

72

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Board evaluation 
The Board and its Committees review their skills, experience, 
independence and knowledge to enable the discharge of 
their duties and responsibilities effectively. An external Board 
evaluation is conducted every three years in accordance with the 
Financial Reporting Council’s Code of Governance (provision 21).

Directors’ inductions, training and development
Following appointment to the Board, all new Directors receive 
an induction tailored to their individual requirements. These 
inductions cover some or all of the following (depending on the 
individual Director’s experience and what is appropriate for 
their role):

In the financial year ended 31 August 2022, the Board continued 
its work with Savendie which conducted an evaluation of Board 
performance in two parts over two financial years due to the 
changes in the Board’s composition in 2021. Part 2 of Savendie’s 
review occurred during August 2022 and considered progress 
of the recommendations highlighted in 2021 and explored in 
more detail the effectiveness of the Board operating as a team, 
the nature of debate and constructive challenge in Board and 
Committee meetings and the combination of skills required 
to cover strategic challenges. Overall, the report described an 
effective Board with an interest in continuous development 
and noted: 

•  That actions from the 2021 review had been progressed well 

with demonstrable improvement in Board processes 

•  While the combined skills of Directors are currently adequate, 

succession planning is in place to further develop diverse 
thinking and to support strategic development

•  Board meetings are conducted to encourage an open 
sharing of information which generates debate and 
appropriate challenge

•  That the Board should continue to develop relationships with 
stakeholders and develop a culture where stakeholder views 
routinely become part of decision making

Powers of Directors
The powers of the Directors are set out in the Group’s Articles 
of Association (the ‘Articles’), which may be amended by way 
of a Special Resolution of the members of the Group. The 
Board may exercise all powers conferred on it by the Articles, in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and other applicable 
legislation. The Articles are available for inspection online 
at www.abdplc.com and can also be viewed at the Group’s 
registered office. 

•  Board and governance: including the Board’s calendar, 

procedures, including meeting protocols, Committee activities 
and terms of reference, and matters reserved for the Board
•  Business introduction: the nature of the Group, its business, 

markets and relationships; meetings with the relevant 
operational and functional senior management; and overviews 
of the business via monthly reports 

•  Finance: budget and forecast papers; and analyst and 

investor overviews

•  Risk: the Group’s approach to risk management 
•  Other: meetings with the Company’s official appointed 

advisors including registrar, solicitor, auditor, broker and 
nominated adviser (NOMAD)

The Group meets the cost of appropriate training for directors, 
the requirement for which is kept under review by the Chairman. 
Directors are continually updated on the Group’s businesses and 
the matters affecting the markets in which the Group operates. 
In the course of the financial year ended 31 August 2022, the 
Directors were briefed by the Group’s legal advisor, Pinsent 
Masons, on key developments in legal and regulatory matters 
that affect the Group’s businesses. 

Risk management and internal controls 
The Board is responsible for the Group’s system of internal 
controls and for reviewing the effectiveness of that system. It 
is designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure 
to achieve the Group’s strategic objectives and can only provide 
reasonable but not absolute assurance against material damage, 
deficiency or loss. The control framework includes:

•  Setting and approval of an annual budget
•  Regular updates from all subsidiaries to the CEO and CFO
•  Monthly business reviews by the CEO and CFO focused on 

business performance

•  Quarterly reviews by Group finance focused on the quarter-

end balance sheet

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStatement of corporate governance continued

Statement of corporate governance 
continued

Risk management and internal controls continued
•  Six-monthly confirmations from local controllers regarding 
operation of internal controls, results and financial position 
and compliance with bank requirements

•  Automated controls and workflows built into the new 

ERP system

•  Physical verification of inventory every six months

The principal risks which the Board has identified this year are set 
out in the section on Risk management on pages 54 to 58 of the 
Strategic report.

Delegation of authority
The Group has in place defined authorisation levels for 
expenditure, the placing of orders and signing authorities. 

Each year on behalf of the Board, the Audit and Risk Committee 
reviews the effectiveness of these systems. This is achieved 
primarily by a comprehensive review of the risks within a business 
risk assessment matrix that includes both financial and non-
financial issues with the potential to affect the Group, and from 
discussions with the external auditor. 

Anti-corruption
The Group has a policy on anti-bribery and corruption that fully 
addresses the requirements of the Bribery Act 2010 and Foreign 
Corrupt Practices Act. This policy is circulated to every member 
of staff globally through the Group’s HR portals or QMS systems 
and individuals receive online training on the core subject matter. 
To facilitate understanding and compliance the policy and 
training is available in four languages (the key languages spoken 
across the Group).

The Group has formalised its due diligence with the use of 
the Dow Jones Risk Management tool. Dow Jones Risk and 
Compliance is a global provider of regulatory compliance and 
risk management solutions; its tool allows the Group to perform 
comprehensive due diligence on customers, agents and suppliers 
which supports its anti-corruption policies and procedures. This 
tool was one of the means by which the Group mitigated its risks 
in relation to the ongoing conflict in Ukraine (and associated 
restrictions on trade with Russia during the financial year).

Whistleblowing 
The Board aims to encourage openness and will support staff 
who raise genuine concerns in good faith under this policy, 
even if they turn out to be mistaken. The Group retains an 
independent and online whistleblowing hotline operated by 
EQS Group. The hotline enables employees to raise any concerns 
anonymously through a third-party tool (EQS) to an independent 
Director of the Group, and facilitates communications in all of the 
core languages of the Group.

All reports made through the hotline are investigated in line 
with the Group’s whistleblowing policy. The Board received two 
whistleblowing reports during the financial year, which were 
resolved without further action, please refer to page 51 for 
further information.

Diversity and equality
The Group is proud of its Board diversity with 40% female 
Directors and it remains committed to strengthening its 
diversity beyond gender to ethnic or colour diversity, when 
appropriate opportunities arise. Diversity across a wide range 
of criteria is valued, including skills, knowledge and experience 
as well as sex, gender identity, ethnicity, religious beliefs and 
sexual orientation. It is also committed to creating equality of 
opportunity where people are appointed on merit, and without 
any form of positive or negative discrimination. Whilst the 
Nomination Committee reviews the structure, size, diversity, 
balance and composition of the Board, the principal objective 
of the Nomination Committee is to ensure that all candidates 
are suitably qualified and experienced for the role. Additional 
information on diversity can be found on pages 38 and 39 in our 
ESG strategy section. 

Re-election
All Directors are subject to annual re-election by shareholders 
at the first Annual General Meeting following their appointment 
and annually thereafter. 

Liability insurance
Each Director and Officer of the Group is covered by appropriate 
Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance (D&O insurance) at the 
Group’s expense in line with market practice.

The D&O insurance provides coverage for the Directors 
and Officers for the costs of defending themselves in legal 
proceedings taken against them in their capacity as a director 

and in respect of damages that may result from those 
proceedings. The insurance does not provide coverage where the 
Director or Officer has committed a deliberately fraudulent or 
deliberately criminal act. 

Professional advice
Each Director is entitled to obtain independent professional 
advice at the Company’s expense in furtherance of their duties 
as a Director of AB Dynamics plc. In addition, each Committee 
is authorised, through its terms of reference, to seek advice 
at the Company’s expense. The Board retains the services of a 
Company Secretary who supports the operations of the Board 
and its Committees.

Conflicts of interest
The Group has policies and procedures to appropriately manage 
or resolve potential or actual conflicts of interest that may arise 
in the business. The policies are available in four languages and 
apply to the Company’s Directors and personnel. 

All Directors are also subject to a statutory duty under the 
Companies Act 2006 (the ‘Companies Act’) to avoid a situation 
where they have, or could have, a direct or indirect interest that 
conflicts, or possibly could conflict, with the Company’s interests. 
Directors of public companies may authorise conflicts and 
potential conflicts in accordance with the Companies Act where it 
is appropriate to do so and where the Articles of Association (the 
‘Articles’) contain a provision to this effect. At each scheduled 
Board meeting, the Chair queries if the Directors are aware of 
any potential or actual conflicts of interest. It is the Board’s 
contention that all authorisation powers are being exercised in 
accordance with the Companies Act and the Group’s Articles.

Accountability 
The Board is responsible for ensuring that the Annual Report 
and Accounts, taken as a whole, present a clear, fair and balanced 
assessment of the Group which provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, 
strategy and business model.

The Board receives a detailed report from the Chief Financial 
Officer which sets out the key matters that impact or could 
impact the Group’s Annual Report and financial statements and 
highlights areas of the financial statements where it has been 
necessary to rely upon a significant level of subjectivity. 

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

73

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStatement of corporate governance continued

Board Committees

Audit and Risk Committee 
Chaired by Louise Evans (finance and 
audit expert)

Number of meetings in the year: 3

Role of the Committee 

The Audit and Risk Committee is 
responsible for ensuring that the financial 
performance of the Group is properly 
reported and monitored, and for meeting 
the auditor and reviewing the reports 
from the auditor relating to accounts 
and internal control systems. The Audit 
and Risk Committee has discussions with 
the external auditor at least once a year 
without any Executive Directors being 
present. The Committee is also responsible 
for the review and management of the 
Group’s risk management framework.

Nomination Committee 
Chaired by Dick Elsy (industry expert) 

Number of meetings in the year: 1

Role of the Committee 

The Nomination Committee is responsible 
for recommendations to the Board for the 
appointment of additional Directors or 
replacement of current Directors and for 
succession planning for the Group.

74

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

ESG Committee
Chaired by Louise Evans (finance expert)

Number of meetings in the year: 5

Role of the Committee

The aim of the Committee is to further the 
sustainability of the Group, promote the 
continuous improvement of the Group’s 
ESG management and performance, 
promote and enhance the Group’s ESG 
work to ensure it receives due attention 
and acknowledgement, enabling the Group 
to become an ESG leader in our selected 
industries. This year the ESG Committee 
has appointed CEN-ESG to lead an external 
review of the Group’s ESG activities 
and to identify areas of improvement 
for the Group to enhance the Group’s 
development.

Remuneration Committee 
Chaired by Richard Hickinbotham (industry 
and finance expert) 

Number of meetings in the year: 7

Role of the Committee 

The Remuneration Committee reviews the 
performance of the Executive Directors and 
sets and reviews the scale and structure 
of their remuneration and the terms of 
their service agreements with due regard 
to the interests of the shareholders. In 
determining the remuneration of Executive 
Directors, the Remuneration Committee 
seeks to enable the Group to attract 
and retain Executives of high calibre. No 
Director is permitted to participate in 
discussions or decisions concerning his or 
her own remuneration. The Remuneration 
Committee meets as and when necessary. 
This year the Remuneration Committee 
has appointed FIT to review the Group’s 
Executive Remuneration Policy, overseen 
the award of Executive bonuses (and the 
allocation of 20% of these bonuses to be 
awarded as shares), and authorised the 
award of an LTIP to the Executive and 
senior leadership of the organisation. The 
Executive LTIP is subject to malus and 
clawback provisions.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStatement of corporate governance continued

Board Committees continued

The Board also has access to all relevant information and reviews other periodic management information and RNS announcements. The draft Annual Report and Accounts are circulated to each member 
of the Board in sufficient time to allow challenge of the disclosures where necessary. The Statement of Directors’ responsibilities is set out on page 93 (within the Directors’ report).

Stakeholder engagement 

Consideration of all our stakeholders
See our report on Section 172 stakeholder engagement on pages 52 to 53 for details of how the Group engages with its stakeholders.

Our Stakeholders

Customers

Industry bodies

How the Board and Committees are kept informed
•  The Board reviews the Group’s engagement with significant customers and regularly discusses the contractual requirements of the larger or more complex contracts

•  The ESG Committee receives information regarding industry bodies with whom our subsidiaries are engaged. This year the Committee intends to formalise this review 

to be able to give further direction to the business regarding with whom they should engage and at what level

Investors

•  The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer engage with major shareholders and potential investors directly and indirectly throughout the year, and provide 

regular and detailed feedback to the Board after each consultation

•  The Company’s Executives and Non-Executive Directors are given regular updates as to the views of institutional shareholders and changes to significant shareholdings 

through research carried out quarterly by the Group’s broker and advisor 

•  The Company’s AGM is an opportunity for all shareholders to meet and question the Directors. Please refer to the Notice of the AGM 2023 on pages 129 to 133
•  The Board receives feedback from investors after the full and half-year results announcements from the Executive team

•  The ESG Committee receives updates from the Human Resources Director regarding employee engagement
•  The results from any Employee Engagement Surveys are shared with the Board
•  The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors have engaged directly with employees at several levels of seniority providing an opportunity to receive direct feedback

•  The Board receives reports from the businesses to update on performance of major suppliers, highlighting risks (and their proposed mitigations)

•  The Company’s engagement with the communities is reviewed annually by the ESG Committee 
•  CSR criteria reviewed annually by ESG Committee 
•  The Board receives updates on CSR initiatives

Employees

Supply chains

Communities

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

75

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStatement of corporate governance continued

Stakeholder engagement continued

Consideration of all our stakeholders continued
We consider all stakeholders when formulating the Group’s strategy and business model. More information on how stakeholder interests have influenced the Board’s decision making this year is 
included below.

Key decisions and discussions

CSR criteria review

Capital allocation

Growth of an ESG agenda led by an 
ESG Committee

Stakeholders
•  Employees
•  Customers

•  Shareholders
•  Employees
•  Customers
•  Society

•  Society
•  Customers
•  Employees
•  Shareholders

Group-wide pay rise for eligible employees

•  Employees

How the Board considered stakeholders during the year

Led by the ESG Committee, the Group’s HR team and the emerging leaders from across 
the business, revised and updated the Group’s CSR criteria to strengthen and deepen the 
Group’s relationships with the communities it serves. 

Annual Report sections

For more information on the 
Group’s CSR criteria, refer to 
pages 42 to 43 of the ESG report.

This year the Board reviewed the business case for the purchase of Ansible Motion Ltd 
which was acquired shortly after the year end. An acquisition of this type impacts on a 
number of our stakeholders. The strengthening of our simulation business is seen as 
beneficial to our shareholders as we increase our market presence. We welcome new 
employees to our Group and offer our existing employees the opportunity to exchange 
best practices with Ansible Motion Ltd. Our range of simulation products has expanded, 
which offers our customers more choice from our Group. 

The ESG Committee has continued to progress the Group’s ESG agenda. In its second year 
of operation, the ESG Committee has focused on reductions in our CO2 emissions, waste 
and water usage and data collection to accurately measure our use of resources. The 
Group achieved an MSCI AA rating in the financial year ended 31 August 2022. For more 
information, please refer to our ESG report on pages 34 to 51 . 

Our Board identified that some of our employees may be more at risk from the financial 
pressure of cost of living increases, including inflation and interest rates. The Board 
decided to enact a Group-wide pay increase for eligible employees to help support them 
during this period of heightened economic uncertainty.

See page 81 for more 
information regarding the 
activities of the ESG Committee

76

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNomination Committee report

Maintaining an appropriate balance of skills and experience

Dear shareholders,

I am pleased to present the Nomination Committee’s report 
for the year ended 31 August 2022. 

Membership of the Committee
The Nomination Committee’s key role is to ensure that the 
Board has the appropriate skills, knowledge and experience 
to operate effectively and deliver the Group’s strategy. There 
were no changes in the membership of the Committee during 
the last twelve months and all members are considered to be 
independent Non-Executive Directors. I chair the Committee 
but will not do so where the Committee is dealing with my own 
re-appointment or my replacement as Chair of the Board. The 
Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee. Details 
of attendance of members of the Committee at the one meeting 
held during the year are shown on page 70.

Meetings of the Committee are attended, at the invitation 
of the Chairman by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief 
Financial Officer when considered appropriate. Members of the 
Committee do not participate in any discussions relating to their 
own appointment or replacement. 

Responsibilities
The Nomination Committee’s terms of reference were 
reviewed and updated during the year. The Committee’s key 
responsibilities are:

•  To review the size, structure, composition and independence 

of the Board and its Committees

•  To make recommendations to the Board for the appointment 

of new Executive and Non-Executive Directors and their 
re-appointment following retirement by rotation

•  To manage the search for and selection of suitable candidates 

for the appointment or replacement of Directors

•  To consider succession planning for all Group Directors taking 
into account the challenges and opportunities facing the Group

•  To keep under review the time commitment of Non-Executive 

Directors and external appointments of Board members
•  To implement, review and respond to the results of Board 

evaluation processes 

The Committee remains focused on ensuring the Group benefits 
from strong leadership and that the Board continues to operate 
in an open and transparent manner. In considering changes 
to the Board and its Committees, the Nomination Committee 
is focused on the recruitment of the best available talent 
based on merit and assessed against a set of objective criteria 
of skills, knowledge and experience. Diversity and gender 
inclusiveness span the whole Group and are important and 
enduring considerations in the search for and selection of new 
Board members. 

Board composition
The Committee regularly reviews the composition and balance 
of the Board and its Committees, and considers Non-Executive 
Directors’ independence, whether the balance between Non-
Executive and Executive Directors remains appropriate, and 
whether the Board has the requisite skills and experience to 
oversee the delivery of the agreed strategy for the Group. 

The Committee remains comfortable with the balance of two 
Executive and three Non-Executive Directors but will continue 
to keep this under review and will consider the appointment 
of additional Directors at an appropriate time having regard to 
the growing scale and complexity of the Group’s activities and 
the collective skills, knowledge and experience available to 
the business.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

77

Meetings

1

Nomination Committee members
•  Dick Elsy (Chair)
•  Richard Hickinbotham
•  Louise Evans

Key activities for the year
•  Part 2 of our external evaluation found a Board that 
is collaborative, open to challenge and focused on 
continuing development 

•  Succession planning was reviewed and updated 

during the year 

•  The composition of the Board and its Committees 

was reviewed and considered appropriate

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements“ This year the Board has 
undertaken an independent 
board review and evaluation. 
The evaluation found a 
collaborative Board with good 
constructive challenge and an 
open sharing of viewpoints.”

Nomination Committee report continued

Board evaluation 
The skills and experience of Board members are set out in their 
biographies on pages 62 to 63 of this Annual Report. 

the next few years. The Committee will also have regard to 
the recommendations set out in the Parker Review on ethnic 
diversity when recommending future appointments to the Board. 

Succession planning
The Committee is responsible for promoting effective succession 
planning for the Board and the Executive Committee, to ensure 
that the leadership of the business remains aligned to the 
Group’s strategy. The Committee reviewed the succession plan 
for individuals in key leadership roles at the Group level. The 
Committee is satisfied that an appropriate succession plan 
is in place for the Board and key members of the Executive 
Committee, including emergency replacements. Over the 
longer term, appointments will be considered on a case-by-case 
basis, including internal candidates where available or external 
recruitment where deemed more appropriate. 

With the receipt of Part 2 of Savendie’s Board evaluation, 
the Committee will continue to build on its current practices 
and enhance elements of its activities in line with the Group’s 
continued growth. The Directors will guard against any 
complacency to ensure the Board continues to operate in an 
open and transparent manner supported by high quality debate 
and constructive challenge. 

Richard Elsy CBE
Nomination Committee Chair
23 November 2022

On the recommendation of the Nomination Committee, the 
Board instructed Savendie to undertake an independent Board 
review and evaluation that was performed in two phases. 
The first phase conducted in July and August 2021 focused 
on a review of Board materials and individual interviews with 
Directors to assess whether the Board is spending its time 
together effectively, considering and discussing the correct 
matters and with good quality information. Part 2 was completed 
in August 2022 and focused on whether the Board is operating 
effectively with a good balance of support and constructive 
challenge, and has the combined skills to realise its growth 
ambitions and to cover the strategic challenges that the 
Group faces. 

Part 2 of the evaluation found a collaborative board with good 
constructive challenge and an open sharing of viewpoints. The 
evaluation found that all the Directors are aware of both the 
Group’s achievements and challenges and are pulling in the 
same direction for the benefit of the Group which is a sound 
basis for good decision making. The evaluation found that there 
is evidence of significant progress with the actions identified 
in the 2021 report particularly regarding improvements with 
Board processes, agenda planning, and quality of Board papers 
and minutes. Overall, the Board is operating effectively with 
the Directors engaged in continuous development to avoid 
complacency noting the need for the Board to change and 
develop when required by business strategy.

Diversity, equality and inclusion
The Committee recognises the importance of diversity, equality 
and inclusion to the effective performance of the Board, and to 
our wider business operations. We are committed to promoting 
diversity across the Group in all forms, including diversity 
of gender identity, ethnicity, age, disability, neurodiversity, 
sexual orientation, social and cultural background and belief.

The Committee is cognisant of the voluntary targets set out 
in the Hampton-Alexander Review that at least 33% of Board 
and Executive Committee members, and their direct reports, 
should be female. We have met this target from a Board 
perspective and we continue to aspire to further improve female 
representation across the broader senior leadership team over 

78

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsAudit and Risk Committee report

Monitoring all aspects of financial reporting and risk

Dear shareholders,

I am pleased to present my report as Chair of the Audit and 
Risk Committee.

The Audit and Risk Committee continues to play a very important 
role in the governance of the Group’s financial affairs, both through 
monitoring the integrity of the Group’s financial reporting and 
reviewing material financial reporting judgements. During the early 
part of the financial year, the Committee was focused on matters 
relating to the 2021 financial statements, which were covered in 
detail in last year’s report. This report therefore focuses on the 
Committee’s activities in relation to the 2022 half year and full year 
results, and the external and internal audit activity during 2022.

Membership of the Audit and Risk Committee
The Audit and Risk Committee has been established by the Board 
and is responsible for monitoring the integrity of the Group’s 
financial statements and the effectiveness of the internal and 
external audit process. Both members of the Committee are 
independent Non-Executive Directors, and each brings a broad 
range of financial and business expertise. I have previously 
served as the Finance Director of public companies and currently 
serve as an Audit Committee Chair in an additional listed 
company. Therefore, I possess recent and relevant financial 
experience. The Board considers that the Committee members 
possess an appropriate level of independence and offer a depth 
of financial and commercial experience across various industries. 
The qualifications and experience of the members of the 
Committee can be found on pages 62 to 63.

Operation of the Committee
Meetings of the Committee are attended, at the invitation of the 
Chair, by the external auditor, the Chair of the Board, the Chief 
Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and representatives 
of the Group finance function. The Committee meets with the 
external auditor at least once per year without the Executive 
Directors being present. The Company Secretary acts as secretary 
to the Committee. A verbal report on key issues discussed by the 
Committee is provided to the Board after every meeting.

The Chair of the Committee meets regularly with both the Chief 
Financial Officer and the external audit lead partner outside of 
scheduled meetings.

The Committee is authorised to obtain any external legal or other 
professional advice it requires at the Group’s expense.

The Committee relies on regular reports from the Executive 
Directors, the wider management team, and the external and 
internal auditors in order to discharge its responsibilities. The 
Committee is satisfied that it received, timely, sufficient and reliable 
information to enable it to fulfil its obligations during the year.

Audit and Risk Committee activities
The Committee’s responsibilities are set out in its terms of reference 
which are available on the Group’s website. The Committee reviews 
its terms of reference annually and recommends to the Board any 
changes required as a result of its review. 

The key roles and responsibilities of the Committee are as follows:

•  To review the Group’s risk management framework, 

assist the Board in conducting a robust assessment of the 
Group’s principal risks and ensure adherence to policies and 
effectiveness of mitigating actions

•  To review the published half year and annual financial reports 
and advise the Board on whether such information represents 
a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the Group’s 
position and prospects; monitor compliance with relevant 
statutory reporting requirements; review and consider 
any changes in accounting standards; and considering the 
suitability of, and any changes to, accounting policies used by 
the Group, including the use of estimates and judgements
•  To manage the appointment of the Group’s external auditor, 
agreeing the nature and scope of the external audit as well 
as the terms of remuneration, and assess the effectiveness 
of the audit and auditor independence including approval of 
any non-audit services undertaken together with the level of 
non-audit fees

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

79

Meetings

3

Audit and Risk Committee members
•  Louise Evans (Chair) 
•  Richard Hickinbotham

Key activities for the year
•  Approval of the 2022 Annual Report and Accounts and 

2022 Half year report

•  Tender process to recommend Grant Thornton UK LLP as 

external auditor to shareholders at the AGM 2023

•  Review of the Group’s risk and internal control framework

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsAudit and Risk Committee report continued

Audit and Risk Committee activities continued
•  To review the internal control environment and consider 

the need for an internal audit function

•  To review the adequacy of the Group’s procedures for 

employees to report wrongdoing or raise concerns and review 
the systems in place to detect and prevent bribery, fraud and 
money laundering

•  To monitor compliance with the UK corporate governance 

guidelines contained in the Quoted Companies Alliance (QCA) 
Code in respect of audit and risk committees

Review of financial statements
The Committee monitors the integrity of the Group’s financial 
statements and has reviewed the presentation and content of 
the Group’s interim and preliminary results announcements and 
the Annual Report. It considered whether the Annual Report was 
fair, balanced and understandable, as well as the appropriateness 
and disclosure of accounting policies, key judgements and key 
estimates. As part of this review, it considered matters raised by 
the CFO together with reports presented by the external auditor 
summarising the findings of its annual audit.

The significant accounting judgements considered for the year 
ended 31 August 2022 were:

•  Review of the valuation and recoverability of goodwill 

and other intangible assets: the Committee considered the 
carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets in relation 
to VadoTech, rFpro and DRI against the latest forecasts for 
the businesses concerned and the future strategic plan for 
the Group. The Committee was satisfied that the valuation 
is appropriate and that no impairment is required

•  Review of revenue recognition on long-term contracts: the 

Group has established processes in relation to estimating the 
stage of completion, milestones and expected profitability 
of long-term contracts. The Committee reviewed these 
assumptions and was satisfied that they are appropriate
•  Review of inventory provisions: the Committee considered 

the level of the inventory provisions and was satisfied that the 
valuation of inventory is appropriate 

•  Review of the going concern assumption: the Group has 

substantial cash resources and a £15m undrawn revolving 
credit facility at year end. In the current environment, 
particular emphasis was placed on the review of the going 

80

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

concern assessment and viability statement, particularly with 
regard to the impact of the inflationary cost pressures and 
macro economic environment 

•  The Committee reviewed the adequacy of the Group’s financial 
resources to ensure there is sufficient headroom to enable 
the Group to continue trading for the foreseeable future. The 
Group’s future funding requirements were also considered. 
Based on its review of the Group’s forecasts and discussions 
with the external auditor, the Committee recommended to 
the Board the adoption of the going concern basis for the 
preparation of the interim and full year results

The Committee reviewed the form and content of the 2022 
Annual Report and confirmed to the Board that, taken as a 
whole, the Annual Report is fair, balanced and understandable. 
The Committee also concluded that the Annual Report provides 
the information necessary to assess the Group’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy.

regulatory requirements and UK ethical guidance. It requires the 
Committee’s prior approval of any individual non-audit services 
with a fee above £25,000, or £50,000 in any aggregate in any 
financial year. 

In response to feedback from investors following the publication 
of the Group’s Annual Report 2021, the Group undertook a tender 
process for its external auditor this year as Crowe U.K. LLP has 
provided audit services to the Group for more than nine years. 
Crowe U.K. LLP was invited to participate in the tender process. 
The Audit and Risk Committee, assisted by the Chair of the Board, 
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and members 
of the finance function, conducted a detailed tender process 
and as a result recommend the appointment of Grant Thornton 
UK LLP. A resolution will be proposed at the AGM to be held on 
11 January 2023 (please see the Notice of the AGM on pages 129 
to 133) to appoint Grant Thornton UK LLP and to authorise the 
Directors to determine the external auditor’s remuneration. 

External audit 
Crowe U.K. LLP was re-appointed as external auditor at the 2022 
AGM, completed the audit for the year ended 31 August 2022 and 
provided the Independent auditor’s report on pages 94 to 97. 

The Audit and Risk Committee reviewed the audit plan 
including scope and materiality thresholds. It also considered 
the independence and objectivity of the external auditor, and 
reviewed the effectiveness of the audit process through inviting 
feedback from people involved with the external auditor’s 
work across the business, and additional meetings between the 
Chair of the Committee and the audit partner. The Committee 
received confirmation from the auditor that it had complied with 
independence rules and with the Ethical Standards for Auditors. 
Having reviewed the audit plan, audit findings report and 
enquiries of management, the Committee concluded that audit 
effectiveness was satisfactory.

The Committee also reviewed the nature, extent, impact 
on objectivity and cost of non-audit services provided by the 
auditor. During the year, Crowe provided no non-audit services. 
The Committee concluded that the external auditor was 
independent during the financial year. 

The auditor independence policy, which was reviewed by 
the Committee during the year, prohibits the provision of 
certain non-audit services by the external auditor, in line with 

Risk and internal control framework
During the year, the Committee reviewed the Group’s risk, 
compliance and internal control framework. 

This included:

•  Reviewing and updating the Group’s delegation of authority 

framework, in order to ensure appropriate controls are in place 
for the approval of certain matters and actions relating to 
expenditure, contractual exposure and other potential liability 
for the Group

•  Reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control 
environment and how this has been strengthened through 
the design and implementation of the new ERP system
•  Reviewing the provision of internal oversight and the 

development of internal audit

•  Reviewing the ongoing development of the Group’s risk 

management framework, including assessing the Group’s 
emerging and principal risks and mitigating actions, more 
information on which can be found on pages 56 to 58 

•  Reviewing the Group’s insurance coverage

Louise Evans 
Audit and Risk Committee Chair
23 November 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsESG Committee report

Embedding sustainability across all aspects of our business

Dear shareholders,

I am delighted to present my second report as Chair of our ESG 
Committee.

ESG is an intrinsic part of our core purpose to accelerate our 
customers’ drive towards net zero emissions and to improve 
road safety and the automation of vehicle applications through 
leadership and innovation in engineering and technology.

The ESG Committee has continued to set the overall ESG strategy 
for the Group and provide Board level oversight of the various 
ESG activities which are embedded throughout our business. 

Role and activities
The role of the Committee includes:

•  Promoting the Group’s contribution to road safety and the 

associated reduction in road accidents and fatalities

•  Promoting the Group’s sustainability objectives by assisting 
in the roll-out of electric vehicles and other lower carbon 
transport technologies
•  Setting the ESG strategy
•  Reviewing the Group’s ESG policies, programmes, targets and 

initiatives 

Activities during the year
The Committee met five times during the year to set out the 
Committee’s role, develop the ESG strategy and bring together 
the current activities under coherent policies and procedures. 

We have set our environmental goal to be carbon neutral by 2030 
and are already making good progress against this objective. 

Employee health, safety and wellbeing are of paramount 
importance and this year the Group launched its employee 
engagement programme and developed the Code of Conduct. 
We embedded our Vision and Values programme, an initiative 
developed and led by a group of our emerging leaders from 
across the business units. 

Building on the already well-established governance programme, 
a continuous improvement approach has been adopted to 
formalise ESG policies and procedures.

We have appointed CEN-ESG to advise us on optimising our 
ESG performance and improving our communication to our 
stakeholders. 

Looking forward
In the coming year we plan to continue with the implementation 
of our strategy and refine our ESG performance delivery.

“ We are committed to embedding 
ESG principles throughout 
everything we do.”

Louise Evans
ESG Committee Chair
23 November 2022

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

81

Meetings

5

ESG Committee members
•  Louise Evans (Chair) 
•  Dick Elsy 
•  James Routh 

Key activities for the year
•  Promoting the Group’s contribution to road safety and the 

associated reduction in road accidents and fatalities
•  Promoting the Group’s sustainability objectives by 

assisting in the roll-out of electric vehicles and other lower 
carbon transport technologies

•  Growth of the Group’s ESG strategy
•  Reviewing the Group’s ESG policies, programmes, 

targets and initiatives

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsRemuneration Committee report

Our remuneration policy reflects market best practice

Dear shareholders,

Foreward 
I am pleased to present the Directors’ remuneration report 
for the year ended 31 August 2022. As a Group listed on the 
Alternative Investment Market, we are required to comply with 
AIM Rule 19 in respect of remuneration disclosures. However, 
the Committee has chosen to provide additional disclosures 
in line with AIM best practice to enable shareholders to better 
understand and consider our remuneration arrangements. 
The report is divided into three sections, being:

•  My Annual report, which summarises the Committee and its 

work, remuneration outcomes in respect of the year just ended 
and how the remuneration policy will be operated for the 
forthcoming financial year

•  The Remuneration policy report, which summarises the 

Group’s remuneration policy

•  The Annual report on remuneration, which discloses how 

the remuneration policy was implemented in the year ended 
31 August 2022 in detail

Consistent with AIM best practice, this Remuneration Committee 
report will be put to an advisory vote at the AGM in January 2023.

Remuneration policy
The Committee is conscious of the need to demonstrate good 
governance. Whilst we recognise our status as an AIM quoted 
company, the Committee has adopted remuneration structures 
which reflect good practice. In particular, I would highlight 
the following:

•  The annual bonus for Executive Directors is based on delivering 
against key financial and strategic performance metrics which 
are aligned to our business strategy

•  20% of any bonus earned is deferred into shares for a period 

of three years

•  Awards made under the long-term incentive plan (LTIP) 

vest based on sliding scale, three-year performance metrics 
measured over a three-year performance period with a further 
two-year holding period

•  LTIP awards are subject to malus and clawback provisions
•  Shareholding guidelines operate for the Executive Directors

In addition, the Remuneration Committee will continue to keep 
abreast of corporate governance and regulatory developments to 
ensure the continued application of best practice and transparency.

Performance outcomes
The Group delivered very positive strategic performance and a 
strong set of financial results during the year, with record levels 
of order intake, revenue, EBITDA and cash generation, despite 
the headwinds of global inflation and supply chain constraints. 
Revenue increased by 23% to £80.3m while operating profit grew 
by 18% to £12.7m.

Further developments against the Group’s strategic priorities 
included the launch of several new products, development of 
our service offering to drive recurring revenues, and delivering 
on our diversification plans through ABD Solutions. We also 
established a new market facing simulation business, AB 
Simulation, and further expanded our presence in this market 
through the acquisition of Ansible Motion which completed 
shortly after the financial year-end. 

Meetings

7

Remuneration Committee members
•  Richard Hickinbotham (Chair) 
•  Dick Elsy 
•  Louise Evans

Key activities for the year
During the year, the Committee considered: 

•  Salary reviews for the Executive Directors 

and senior management 

•  The 2022 annual bonus plan outturn
•  Approval of the 2023 annual bonus plan financial targets 

and personal objectives for the Executive Directors

•  Approval of 2022 LTIP awards and performance conditions
•  Review of the Directors’ remuneration report

82

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Remuneration Committee report continued

Implementation of the policy for the year ended 
31 August 2022

In respect of implementing the remuneration policy for the year 
ended 31 August 2022:

•  As detailed in last year’s Directors’ remuneration report, 
Executive Director base salary levels were market aligned 
from 1 September 2021

•  Pension provision continued to be aligned to the Company’s 

UK workforce at 10% of salary

•  As a result of the Company’s performance against the financial 
and strategic/operational performance targets, the annual 
bonus paid out at 86% of the maximum for the CEO and 
86% of the maximum for the CFO. 20% of the bonus award 
will be deferred into shares for three years. Details of the 
performance targets set, and performance against them, are 
set out in the Annual report on remuneration

•  The Committee consulted major shareholders at the start 
of 2022 in respect of a proposal to change the approach 
to long-term incentive provision in 2022 which included a 
combination of performance and restricted shares. However, 
following the consideration of shareholder feedback, the 
Committee reverted to a more conventional, market aligned 
and performance based approach for the 2022 LTIP awards. 
Details of the 2022 LTIP grants are set out in the Annual report 
on remuneration

•  As a result of the threshold EPS and total shareholder return 
targets not being met, the LTIP awards granted in 2020, with 
performance targets measured up to 31 August 2022, will 
lapse in full

Implementation of the Policy for the year ending 
31 August 2023
In respect of implementing the remuneration policy for the year 
ending 31 August 2023:

•  Executive Director base salary levels will be increased from 
1 January 2023 in line with the general workforce in respect 
of both quantum and timing (noting that this is later than the 
normal 1 September 2022 review date for Executive Directors)
•  Pension provision will continue to be aligned to the Group’s UK 

workforce at 10% of salary

•  Annual bonus will continue to be capped at 125% of salary 
for the CEO. Reflecting her performance and increasing 
experience in the role and noting that her package was set 
below market levels at recruitment, the CFO’s bonus potential 
will be aligned to the CEO’s for the year ending 31 August 
2023. Performance metrics for both the CEO and CFO will be 
based on adjusted EBIT, order intake, cash conversion, gross 
margin, strategic and ESG

•  LTIP awards will be granted over shares equal to no more than 
125% of salary (a reduction from the 150% of salary awarded 
in 2022). In addition to sliding scale earnings per share and 
relative total shareholder return targets, a three-year cash 
based target will be introduced given the importance of this 
metric. The targets for the 2022/23 LTIP award will be set 
out in an RNS to be announced to the market following their 
consideration by the Committee in December. 

The Committee continues to welcome feedback from 
shareholders and I hope that we receive your support in future 
remuneration related votes at our forthcoming AGM.

“ Our remuneration policy accords 
with the long-term interests of 
our shareholders.”

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

83

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsRemuneration Committee report continued

Remuneration at a glance

This section provides an overview of our remuneration policy and outcomes for the year.

Strategic alignment of remuneration with FY 2022 KPIs

Annual bonus

R	R	
20%50+

  1. Financial  
  2. Product Development 
  3. Operational/Organisational 
  4. Strategic 

50% 
15%
15% 

Long-term incentive plan

R	R	
50%50+

  Total shareholder return 
   Cumulative adjusted EPS,  

financial KPI 

50%

Total shareholder return vests between median 
and upper quartile performance.

Remuneration policy and FY 2022 outturn

James Routh

Actual

Minimum

On target

Maximum

£386k

£386k

£386k

£386k

£376k

£219k

£219k

£438k

£438k

Sarah Matthews-DeMers

Actual

Minimum

On target

Maximum

£290k

£290k

£226k

£290k

£131k

£131k

£290k

£263k

£263k

  Fixed pay 

  Annual bonus  

  LTIP

The long-term incentive plan was first implemented in FY 
2019 and includes annual LTIP awards in accordance with our 
remuneration policy.

On target assumes the annual bonus and LTIP vest at 50% of 
maximum for FY 2022. No share price appreciation is included.

1.

2.

3.

3.

4.

Link to strategy

Read more on page 11

EPS vests between 5% to 20% compound 
annual growth.

84

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements15
+
+
15
+
+
20
+
+
50
+
+
Remuneration Committee report continued

Remuneration policy report

Executive Directors
Element

Purpose

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance metrics

Base salary

To attract and retain Executive Directors 
with the required skills and experience to 
deliver ABD’s continued growth strategy 

Base salaries are normally reviewed on an 
annual basis with any changes normally 
effective 1 January each year

Benefits

To provide market competitive benefits

Pensions

Competitive to market to reward sustained 
contribution by Executive Directors

Benefits may include medical cover, critical 
life and death in service insurance. Other 
benefits may be awarded as appropriate 
and include relocation

Contributions to a Director’s pension as 
appropriate. This may include contribution 
to a money purchase scheme or payment 
of a cash allowance where appropriate 

There is no maximum salary although 
salary levels are set to progressively move 
towards median levels for companies of 
similar size and operational and geographic 
complexity 

Base salary levels and corresponding 
increases are based on individual 
experience, skills and Group performance 
along with competitiveness against similar 
companies 

Benefits may vary by role and 
individual circumstances and are 
periodically reviewed

Not performance related

Aligned to the pension available to ABD's 
UK workforce

No performance metrics applicable 

Annual performance 
related bonus

To reward and incentivise based on the 
achievement of the budget and other 
business related objectives

Financial and non-financial performance 
targets are set and reviewed by the 
Remuneration Committee

Maximum of 125% of base salary

Sliding scale financial and/or personal/
strategic targets

Long-term 
incentive plan  
(LTIP)

To align Executive Directors to the 
delivery of the long-term strategy of 
the Group and provide long-term value 
for shareholders

20% of any bonus earned is normally 
deferred into shares for three years

Performance is assessed against rolling 
three-year performance periods. Awards 
normally vest at the end of the three-year 
performance period with 60% released 
after year three and 20% in each of the 
following two years 

LTIP awards are subject to malus and 
clawback provisions

Maximum of 150% of base salary although 
normal awards will be set at 125% of salary

Performance metrics will be linked 
to financial and/or share price and/or 
strategic performance

Shareholding  
guidelines

To align Executive Directors with 
shareholder interests

Shareholding guidelines require a minimum 
shareholding (normally within five years)

150% of salary

Not performance related

Non- Executive Directors
Chairman and 
Non-Executive 
Directors’ fees

To attract and retain a Chairman and 
independent Non-Executive Directors 
with the required skills and experience

Paid monthly in arrears and reviewed each 
year. Any reasonable business related 
expenses can be reimbursed

The Chairman’s and Non-Executive 
Directors’ fees are determined by 
relevant benchmark data

Annual review by the Board

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

85

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsRemuneration Committee report continued

Remuneration policy report continued 

Discretion
The Committee has discretion to adjust:

•  Formulaic bonus outcomes to ensure alignment of pay with the underlying performance of the business over the financial year and to take account of personal performance over the course of the year
•  Formulaic LTIP outcomes to ensure alignment of pay with performance and to ensure the outcome is a true reflection of the performance of the Company

Recruitment policy
Upon recruitment of an Executive Director, the remuneration package will be in line with the remuneration policy, subject to the Committee having discretion that buy-out awards (or any other means 
in order to facilitate the recruitment of an Executive Director) are reasonably necessary.

Annual report on remuneration

This section sets out how the remuneration policy was applied for the year ended 31 August 2022 (and the prior year).

Single figure table for Executive Directors

Pay element

Base salary1

Taxable benefits

Pensions 

Annual bonus 

LTIP2

Gain on exercise of share options

Total

Of which:

Fixed remuneration

Variable remuneration

James Routh

Sarah Matthews-DeMers

2022
£’000

350

1

35

376
—

—

762

386

376

2021
£’000

316 

1

32

254

—

267

870

349

521

2022
£’000

263

1

26

226
—

—

516

290

226

2021
£’000

240 

1

24

154

—

—

419

265

154

1.   As disclosed in last year’s Directors’ remuneration report, James Routh and Sarah Matthews-DeMers received base salary increases of 9.7% and 8.4% respectively from 1 September 2021 which reflected: (i) that both Directors were hired well below the market 

median; and (ii) strong performance of both individuals and the Company.

2.   As a result of threshold EPS and total shareholder return targets not being met, the LTIP awards granted in January 2020, with performance targets measured up to 31 August 2022, will lapse in full.

86

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsRemuneration Committee report continued

Annual report on remuneration continued

Annual bonus 
As a result of the Group’s performance against the financial and strategic/operational performance targets, the annual bonus paid out at 86% of the maximum for both the CEO and CFO. 20% of the 
bonus award will be deferred into shares for three years. Details of the performance against the targets are as follows:

EBIT

Order intake

Outcome

Between budget and stretch

Between budget and stretch

Cash conversion

Above stretch

Strategic

Substantially met – the Committee was encouraged to see the progress made on the Company’s ESG 
strategy, the synergistic benefits delivered from recent acquisitions, the establishment of AB Simulation and 
regional sales platforms and implementation of new Group IT policies

Organisation/operations 

Substantially met - the Committee was pleased to see the VadoTech integration plan delivered successfully, 
a new Executive Committee structure implemented, a new ERP rolled out on time and to plan, the DRI 
reorganisation plan completed and a new talent development plan launched

Product development

Substantially met – the Committee noted the progress made in respect of ABD Solutions in addition to a 
number of other important projects that were completed on schedule

Total (% of max)

Total (% of salary)

Outcome/
CEO weighting 

24%/30%

14%/15%

5%/5%

19%/20%

Outcome/
CFO weighting 

24%/30%

9%/10%

10%/10%

19%/20%

12%/15%

12%/15%

12%/15%

12%/15%

86%/100%

107.5% of salary/
125% of salary

86%/100%

86% of salary/
100% of salary

LTIPs granted in the year
The Committee consulted major shareholders at the start of 2022 in respect of a proposal to change the approach to long-term incentive provision in 2022 which included a combination of performance 
and restricted shares. However, following the consideration of shareholder feedback, the Committee reverted to a more conventional, market aligned and performance based approach for the 2022 LTIP 
awards. Details of the award levels, which were set at 150% of salary for both the CEO and CFO following a review of feedback from major shareholders, are as follows:

Executive Director

James Routh

Sarah Matthews-DeMers

Awards granted

51,220

38,415

Award basis
(% of salary)

150%

150%

Grant date

11 March 2022

11 March 2022

Face value of award at 
maximum vesting (£)

Vesting date

Performance conditions

£525,005

£393,754

2 December 2024

2 December 2024

See below

See below

50% of awards vest based on EPS growth. 25% of this part of awards vest for EPS growth of 5% p.a. increasing on a straight-line basis to 100% of this part of awards vesting for EPS growth of 15% p.a. 

50% of awards vest based on relative TSR versus the constituents of the AIM 100. 25% of this part of awards vest for median TSR increasing on a straight-line basis to 100% of this part of awards vesting 
for upper quartile TSR.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

87

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsRemuneration Committee report continued

Directors’ interests in shares

Directors’ interests in the shares of the Company, including related parties, were as follows: 

Directors

James Routh

Sarah Matthews-DeMers

Ordinary shares of 1p each

16,776

1,281

1.  Shareholdings of 150% of salary to be built up within five years of appointment.

Directors’ interest in long-term incentive awards

Shareholding 
guidelines1

150%

150%

Shareholding guidelines met

No

No 

Director

James Routh

Award

Legacy options

LTIP

LTIP

LTIP

Sarah Matthews-DeMers

Legacy options

LTIP

LTIP

LTIP

Date of grant

Notes

Exercise price

1 September 2021

Awarded 
during the year

Exercised
during the year

31 August 
2022

12 October 2018

17 January 2020

2 December 2020

11 March 2022

5 December 2019

17 January 2020

2 December 2020

11 March 2022

1

3

4

5

2

3

4

5

£12.30

£0

£0

£0

£21.40

£0

£0

£0

33,334

18,278

21,917

—

60,000

11,085

13,292

—

—

—

—

51,220

—

—

—

38,415

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

33,334

18,278

21,917

51,220

60,000

11,085

13,292

38,415

1.  Recruitment related grant of market value options. One-third vested on 12 October 2019 and on each subsequent anniversary.

2.  Recruitment related grant of market value options. One-half vested on 4 December 2020 and the remainder vested on the second anniversary of grant.

3.  50% based on EPS growth, 50% based on relative TSR versus the AIM 100 (median to upper quartile).

4.  50% based on EPS growth, 50% based on relative TSR versus the AIM 100 (median to upper quartile).

5.  See performance conditions detailed in the LTIPs granted in the year section above.

88

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsRemuneration Committee report continued

CEO pay ratio

Directors’ contracts 

The Group has a range of policies and practices to ensure that 
all employees are fairly rewarded for the work they undertake. 
For all employees we offer a total reward package that includes 
market competitive salaries and a bonus scheme which allows 
employees to share in the success of the Group. The senior 
management team is also eligible for awards under the long-
term incentive plan which provides closer alignment to the 
shareholder experience.

The table below shows our CEO’s and average employee’s 
total remuneration for 2021 and 2022. The CEO pay ratio has 
decreased during the year due to lower gains on exercise of share 
options. The average pay per employee has increased by 8% due 
to pay increases and bonus awards.

We are satisfied that the pay ratio is consistent with the pay, 
reward and progression policies for our employees.

FY

2022
2021

Total remuneration

James Routh

Average employee

£762,000
£870,000

£69,000
£64,000

Ratio

11:1
14:1

The Executive Directors have rolling service contracts that are subject to twelve months’ notice. The Chair and Non-Executive 
Directors do not have contracts of service. 

Single figure table for Non-Executive Directors

Pay element

Fees 

1.  Dick Elsy was appointed as Non-Executive Chairman on 1 July 2021.

Advisers

Dick Elsy

Richard Hickinbotham

Louise Evans

2022
£’000

95

2021
£’000

501

2022
£’000

55

2021
£’000

45

2022
£’000

55

2021
£’000

45

FIT Remuneration Consultants LLP provided independent advice to the Committee for the year ended 31 August 2022. 

Payments to past Directors

On 1 July 2021 Anthony Best retired from the Board and was appointed as a special adviser to the Group on a retainer of £1,000 per month.

Loss of office

There were no loss of office payments made during the year.

Richard Hickinbotham
Remuneration Committee Chair
23 November 2022

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

89

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsDirectors’ report

Index to principal Directors’ report and other required governance and compliance disclosures
This section contains information which the Directors are required by law and regulation to include within the Annual Report and Accounts. Where relevant information (required to be disclosed in the 
Directors’ report) is located in more detail elsewhere in this document, please refer to the table below: 

Information

Business review

Principal risks and uncertainties

Risk management and internal controls

Disclosure of information to auditor

Dividend recommendation for the year

Strategy and future developments of the Company

Directors who held office during the year

Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance in place

Director skills, experience and independence

Rules governing the appointment of Directors

Powers of Directors

Section in Annual Report

Strategic report

Strategic report 

Risk management

Directors’ report

Strategic report – Chairman’s statement 

Strategic report

Governance – Board of Directors

Governance – Directors’ report, 
Statement of corporate governance 

Governance – Board of Directors

Governance

Governance

Structure of share capital, including restrictions and the transfer of securities, voting rights and significant shareholders

Directors’ report

Non-financial information statement

Articles of Association and the rules governing changes to them

Company’s energy usage and greenhouse gas emissions

Research and development

Director remuneration details

Corporate social responsibility

Employee engagement

Employment policies

The Company’s S172(1) statement

Stakeholder engagement

Strategic report

Directors’ report

Strategic report – ESG strategy

Strategic report

Remuneration Committee report

Strategic report – ESG strategy

Strategic report – ESG strategy

Strategic report – ESG strategy

Strategic report – ESG strategy

Strategic report – ESG strategy

Principal decisions taken by the Company arising from or influenced by stakeholder engagement

Statement of corporate governance

Accounting standards applied 

Performance evaluation

Directors’ report, note 1 of financial statements 

Nomination Committee report

90

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Pages

1 to 58

56 to 58

54 to 55

92

7

8 to 15

62 to 63

73

62 to 63

68

72

91 to 92

1 to 58

91

46 to 48

27

82 to 89

42 and 43

38

51

52 and 53

52 and 53

71

102

78

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsDirectors’ report continued

Company information

Shareholder information

Articles of Association 
The Company’s Articles of Association may be amended 
by special resolution of the Company’s shareholders.

Strategic report 
The Strategic report is set out on pages 1 to 58 and was approved 
by the Board on 23 November 2022. It is signed on behalf of the 
Board by James Routh, Chief Executive Officer. 

Cautionary statement 
The review of the business and its future development in the 
Annual Report has been prepared solely to provide additional 
information to shareholders to allow individual shareholders to 
consider the Group’s strategies and make their own assessment 
of the potential for these strategies to succeed. It should not be 
relied on by any other party for any other purpose. The review 
contains forward-looking statements which are made by the 
Directors in good faith based on information available to them up 
to the time of the approval of these reports; as such they should 
be treated with caution due to inherent uncertainties associated 
with such statements. 

Employees
The average number of persons, including Directors, employed 
by the Group including its overseas subsidiaries and their 
remuneration set out on pages 82 to 89 and in note 7 to the 
financial statements. Other information about the Group’s 
employee engagement, diversity and inclusion policies is set 
out in the Our People section of ESG strategy on page 38, and 
Corporate Social Responsibility section starting on page 42. The 
Group-wide gender diversity split as at 1 September 2022 was 
18% female and 82% male.

Greenhouse gas emissions (GHG) 
The Group recognises and strives to minimise its impact on 
the environment. This year our main environmental focus has 
been on clean inputs and responsible consumption. Further 
information including the Group’s carbon emissions and energy 
consumption data can be found on pages 46 to 48.

Incorporation and principal activity
AB Dynamics plc is domiciled in England and registered in 
England and Wales under company number 8393914. At the date 
of this report there were 22,885,261 ordinary shares of 1p each 
in issue, all of which are fully paid up and quoted on the London 
Stock Exchange’s AIM market. The principal activity of the Group 
is the design, manufacture and supply to the global automotive 
and mobility sectors of advanced testing systems, simulation 
products and testing services. A description and review of the 
activities of the Group during the financial year and an indication 
of future developments set out on pages 1 to 58. 

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting (AGM) will be held at 11am 
on Wednesday 11 January 2023 at Tulchan Communications, 
2nd Floor, 85 Fleet Street London EC4Y 1AE. The Notice of the 
AGM 2022 can be found at pages 129 to 133 and will be published 
on the AB Dynamics plc website. 

Substantial shareholdings
At 20 October 2022, the Company had been notified of the 
following interests amounting to 3% or more of the voting 
rights in its ordinary share capital:

Percentage of 
ordinary share capital

Share capital
The rights attaching to the Company’s ordinary shares, as 
well as the powers of the Company’s Directors, are set out 
in the Company’s Articles of Association, copies of which can 
be obtained from the Company Secretary and are available 
on the Company’s website. The Company is not aware of any 
agreements between shareholders that may result in restrictions 
on the transfers of securities and/or voting rights. No person 
holds securities in the Company carrying special rights with 
regard to control of the Company. 

Employee share plans
Details of the Company Share Option Plan, under which 138,872 
non-transferable options were granted to employees in October 
2019, and the Group’s ongoing Long-term incentive plan, the 
conditional arrangement under which contingent share awards 
can be made to selected senior management, including the 
Executive Directors, are set out in the Remuneration Committee 
report and in note 24 of the Accounts.

Restrictions on transfer of shares
The Board may in its absolute discretion refuse to register a 
transfer of a certificated share that is not fully paid, provided 
that the refusal does not prevent dealings in shares in the 
Company from taking place on an open and proper basis. The 
Board may also refuse to register a transfer of a certificated 
share, unless the instrument of transfer is: 

Anthony Best

Sandford DeLand Asset Management Ltd

Octopus Investments

Naemi Best

Canaccord Genuity

Liontrust Asset Management

19.3

(i) 

9.8

6.8

6.2

5.0

4.1

As far as the Directors are aware, there were no other interests 
above 3% of the issued ordinary share capital.

 Duly stamped or duly certified or otherwise shown to the 
satisfaction of the Board to be exempt from stamp duty, 
lodged at the Transfer Office or at such other place as the 
Board may appoint and (save in the case of a transfer by 
a person to whom no certificate was issued in respect of 
the shares in question) accompanied by the certificate for 
the shares to which it relates, and such other evidence as 
the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the 
transferor to make the transfer and, if the instrument of 
transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, 
the authority of that person so to do 

(ii)  In respect of only one class of shares

(iii) In favour of not more than four persons jointly 

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

91

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsDirectors’ report continued

Shareholder information continued

Restrictions on transfer of shares continued
There are no other restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares 
in the Company except certain restrictions which may from time 
to time be imposed by laws and regulations (for example insider 
trading laws); or where a shareholder with at least a 0.25% 
interest in the Company’s certificated shares has been served 
with a disclosure notice and has failed to provide the Company 
with information concerning interests in those shares. 

Related party disclosures (AIM Rule 19)
There is no information to be disclosed by the Company in 
respect of related party transactions, except for: 

• 

 Share options and long-term incentive schemes awarded to 
Executive Directors (see the Remuneration Committee report)

•  Provision of services by controlling shareholder (see the 

Remuneration Committee report)

•  Agreements with controlling shareholders (see related party 

note 25 of the financial statements)

Mr A Best, former Chairman of the Company, is a trustee and 
beneficiary of the Best Middleton Trust. Rental payments of £nil 
(2021: £44,000) were made in the year to the Trust. In July 2021 
the lease was terminated and therefore all agreements with a 
controlling shareholder have now ceased.

Financial information 

Results and dividends
The profit for the financial year attributable to shareholders was 
£3,909,000 (2021: £2,985,000). The Directors recommend a final 
dividend of 3.54p per ordinary share (2021: 3.24p), to be paid, 
if approved, on 27 January 2023. The results are shown more 
fully in the consolidated financial statements on pages 98 to 101 
and summarised in the Chief Financial Officer’s review on pages 
26 to 29. 

Independent auditor 
A resolution to appoint Grant Thornton UK LLP (Grant 
Thornton) as the Group’s external auditor will be proposed at 
the forthcoming AGM, in accordance with Section 489 of the 
Companies Act 2006.

Disclosure of information to auditor
Each person who is a Director at the date of approval of this 
Directors’ report confirms that: 

•  So far as that Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware 

•  That Director has taken all the steps that ought to have been 
taken as a Director in order to be aware of any information 
needed by the Company’s auditor in connection with preparing 
its report and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware 
of the information 

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance 
with the provisions of Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Directors’ assessment of going concern
At 31 August 2022 the Company had net current assets of 
£18,549,000 (2021: £25,492,000) with the main current asset 
being amounts owed from its subsidiary Anthony Best Dynamics 
Limited, amounting to £13,951,000 (2021: £17,630,000).

Going concern
The Directors have assessed the principal risks discussed on 
pages 56 to 58, including by modelling a severe but plausible 
downside scenario, whereby the Group experiences:

•  A reduction in demand of 25% over the next two financial years
• 
 A 10% increase in operating costs from supply chain disruption 

 An increase in cash collection cycle

• 
•  Increase in input costs resulting in reduction in gross 

margin to 45%

92

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

At 31 August 2022 the Group had £30.1m of cash and £15.0m 
undrawn revolving credit facility. Even after the post-year-end 
acquisition of Ansible Motion for £16.0m of cash, in this severe 
downside scenario, the Group has sufficient headroom to be able 
to continue to operate for the foreseeable future. The Directors 
believe that the Group is well placed to manage its financing 
and other business risks satisfactorily and have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will have adequate resources to 
continue in operation for at least twelve months from the signing 
date of the financial statements. They therefore consider it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in 
preparing the financial statements. 

Directors’ insurance 
The Group has in place a Directors’ and Officers’ Liability 
Insurance Policy which provides cover for the personal liability 
which the Company’s Directors and Officers may face. This 
remains in force at the date of this report.

Approved for and on behalf of the Board. 

Dr James Routh  
Chief Executive Officer 

Richard Elsy CBE
Non-Executive Chairman

AB Dynamics plc 
Company number: 8393914
23 November 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare such financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law, they have 
elected to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance 
with in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting 
standards and applicable law and have elected to prepare the 
Parent Company financial statements in accordance with UK 
Accounting Standards and applicable law (UK Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice). 

Under company law, the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Parent Company 
and of their profit or loss for that year. In preparing each of the 
Group and Parent Company financial statements, the Directors 
are required to: 

•  Select suitable accounting policies and apply them consistently
•  Make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent

•  State whether applicable accounting standards have been 
followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements 

•  Prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the 
Parent Company will continue in business

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Parent 
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at 
any time the financial position of the Parent Company and enable 
them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the 
Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding 
the assets of the Parent Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and 
other irregularities. 

They are further responsible for ensuring that the Strategic 
report and the Directors’ report and other information included 
in the Annual Report and Accounts are prepared in accordance 
with applicable law in the United Kingdom. 

The maintenance and integrity of the AB Dynamics plc website 
is the responsibility of the Directors; the work carried out by the 
auditor does not involve the consideration of these matters and, 
accordingly, the auditor accepts no responsibility for any changes 
that may have occurred in the accounts since they were initially 
presented on the website. 

Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation 
and dissemination of the accounts and the other information 
included in Annual Reports may differ from legislation in 
other jurisdictions. 

Directors’ responsibility statement 
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge: 

•  The financial statements, prepared in accordance with the 
relevant financial reporting framework, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or 
loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole 

•  The Strategic report includes a fair review of the development 

and performance of the business and the position of the 
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties that they face

•  The Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, 
balanced and understandable and provide the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position 
and performance, business model and strategy

This responsibility statement was approved by the Board of 
Directors on 23 November 2022 and is signed on its behalf by:

Dr James Routh 
Chief Executive Officer 

Richard Elsy CBE
Non-Executive Chairman

Registered office: Middleton Drive, Bradford on Avon, 
Wiltshire BA15 1GB

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

93

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Independent auditor’s report 
To the members of AB Dynamics plc

Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of AB Dynamics plc 
(the “Parent Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) for 
the year ended 31 August 2022, which comprise:

•  the Group statement of comprehensive income for the year 

ended 31 August 2022;

•  the Group and parent company statements of financial 

position as at 31 August 2022;

•  the Group and parent company statements of changes in 

equity for the year then ended 31 August 2022;

•  the Group statement of cash flows for the year then ended 

31 August 2022; and

•  the notes to the financial statements, including a summary 

of significant accounting policies.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied 
in the preparation of the Group financial statements is 
applicable law and UK adopted International Accounting 
Standards. The financial reporting framework that has been 
applied in the preparation of the parent company financial 
statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, including Financial Reporting Standard 102 The 
Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic 
of Ireland (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

In our opinion:

•  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the 

state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as 
at 31 August 2022 and of the Group’s profit for the period 
then ended;

•  the group financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with UK adopted International 
Accounting Standards; 

•  the parent company financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance 

with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

94

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further described 
in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. We are independent of 
the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that 
are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the 
UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed 
entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities 
in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the 
audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate 
to provide a basis for our opinion.

Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that 
the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in 
the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our 
evaluation of the directors assessment of the group’s and parent 
company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included:

•  Reviewing management’s financial projections for the Group 
and parent company for a period of at least 12 months from 
the date of approval of the financial statements.

•  Checking the numerical accuracy of management’s 

financial projections.

•  Challenging management on the assumptions underlying 

those projections and sensitised them to reduce anticipated 
net cash inflows from future trading activities.

•  Obtained the latest management results post year end 

31 August 2022 to review how the Group and parent company 
are trending toward achieving the forecast.

•  Performed sensitivity analysis on key inputs of the forecast 

by calculating the impact of various scenarios and considering 
the impact on the group and parent Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern in the event that a downward 
scenario occurs.

•  Assessing the completeness and accuracy of the matters 

described in the going concern disclosure within the significant 
accounting policies as set out in Note 2 (a).

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified 
any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the 
group’s and parent company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the 
financial statements are authorised for issue.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with 
respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of 
this report. 

Overview of our audit approach
Materiality

In planning and performing our audit we applied the concept of 
materiality. An item is considered material if it could reasonably 
be expected to change the economic decisions of a user of the 
financial statements.

We used the concept of materiality to both focus our testing 
and to evaluate the impact of misstatements identified.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined overall 
materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole to be 
£600,000 (2021 £500,000), based on 5% of normalised Group 
profit before tax. Materiality for the parent company financial 
statements was set at £210,000 (2021: £115,000) based on a 
percentage of net assets. 

We use a different level of materiality (‘performance materiality’) 
to determine the extent of our testing for the audit of the 
financial statements. Performance materiality is set based on 
the audit materiality as adjusted for the judgements made as 
to the entity risk and our evaluation of the specific risk of each 
audit area having regard to the internal control environment. 
We determined performance materiality for the Group financial 
statements as a whole to be £420,000 (2021:£350,000). 
Performance materiality for the parent company financial 
statements was set at £147,500 (2021: £80,500).

Where considered appropriate performance materiality may be 
reduced to a lower level, such as, for related party transactions 
and directors’ remuneration.

We agreed with the audit committee to report to it all identified 
errors in excess of £30,000 (2021: £17,500). Errors below that 
threshold would also be reported to it if, in our opinion as auditor, 
disclosure was required on qualitative grounds.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report continued
To the members of AB Dynamics plc

Overview of our audit approach continued
Overview of the scope of our audit

The main trading Group and its principal subsidiary are accounted for from one central location, the Group’s registered office. 

The Group has a significant component in the United Kingdom, rFpro Limited, who’s accounting records are currently held at the location of this business in Southampton. Our audit of this entity was 
completed on site. 

The Group also has a significant component based in Singapore, being the Vadotech business acquired on 4 March 2021. A local audit firm was engaged to perform procedures locally under our direction 
and review. 

The Group also has a material component based in the United States of America, being the DRI business acquired on 30 August 2019. A member of the Crowe Global international network was engaged to 
perform procedures locally under our direction and review.

Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed 
risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in 
the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we 
do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Key audit matter

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

Revenue recognition and accounting for long-term contracts

•  We assessed that the accounting policy conformed with the requirements of IFRS15 and then tested its 

The Group has recognised revenues totalling £80.3m (2021: £65.3m).

application to a sample of contracts.

See notes 2(c) and 3 to the financial statements.

Revenue is recognised in accordance with the accounting policy set out in the financial 
statements. The accounting policy contains a number of judgements, particularly in 
recognising when the performance obligations are satisfied. This is determined with 
reference to the underlying contract with the customer. 

For certain projects the Company recognises revenue over the period of the contract. 

The Group uses the percentage of completion method to determine the appropriate 
amount of revenue to recognise in a given period. This is measured by the proportion 
that contract costs incurred for work performed to date bear to the estimated total 
contract costs. A number of judgements are made by management in making its 
assessment of estimated costs and profitability. 

Due to the estimation uncertainty over percentage completion we have identified 
revenue recognition and accounting for long term contracts as a key audit matter. 

Recoverability of goodwill and acquired intangible assets

The Group recognises goodwill and acquired intangible balances totalling £47.5m 
(2021: £50.5m) arising from a number of acquisitions.

See notes 11 and 12 to the financial statements.

The Group’s intangible assets comprise of goodwill arising on acquisition of businesses, 
customer relationships, brand and technology assets.

•  We performed cut off testing to ensure revenue is being recorded in the correct period. 

•  Our work on long-term contracts focused on validating that estimated contract costs which include staff 

costs, overheads and material costs are appropriate and accurately estimated and also ensuring that the use 
of costs as a measure of progress is appropriate. 

•  We tested a sample of costs incurred to date to supporting documentation.

•  We assessed whether cut off has been correctly applied and that any resulting work in progress and other 

entries are appropriate. 

•  We considered the original budget for the contract and compared this to actual costs to validate how the 

contract has performed and enquired into any events which could change this assessment. 

•  We evaluated, in comparison to the requirements set out in IAS 36, management’s assessment (using 
discounted cash flow models) as to whether goodwill and/or other intangible assets were impaired. 
We considered management’s assessment of the different CGUs of the business with reference to the 
different revenue streams.

•  We challenged, reviewed and considered by reference to evidence, management’s impairment and fair value 
models as appropriate and their key estimates, including the discount rate. We reviewed the appropriateness 
and consistency of the process for making such estimates.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

95

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report continued
To the members of AB Dynamics plc

Overview of our audit approach continued
Key Audit Matters continued
Key audit matter

Recoverability of goodwill and acquired intangible assets continued

When assessing the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets, management makes 
judgements regarding the appropriate cash generating unit, strategy, future trading and 
profitability and the assumptions underlying these. We considered the risk that goodwill 
and/or other intangible assets were impaired.

Due to the significant assumptions that underpin the recoverable amount of these assets, 
the recoverability of goodwill and acquired intangible assets has been identified as a 
key audit matter.

Valuation of inventory

The Group records inventory of £13.6m (2021: £6.8m). This amount is net of an inventory 
provision of £1.5m (2021: £1.5m).

See note 2 to the financial statements for management’s assessment of the key judgements.

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

•  We obtained management’s discounted cash flow models supporting the intangible asset valuation. 
We challenged the key assumptions into the model, including the forecast revenue and gross margin, 
discount rates and growth rates.

•  We compared cash flow forecasts used in the impairment review to historical performance, and challenged 

where forecasts indicated performance that deviated significantly from historical performance, in the absence 
of significant changes in the business or market environment.

•  Discount rates and terminal growth rates were benchmarked to externally derived data and our knowledge of 

competitor performance, to evaluate the reasonableness of these assumptions. In addition we used an internal 
specialist to recalculate the discount rate.

•  Sensitivity analysis was performed by management on the key assumptions such as growth, margin and 

discount rates to identify those assumptions to which that the goodwill or intangible asset valuation was highly 
sensitive. We have applied further sensitivity to create a worst case scenario and challenged management on 
the likelihood of such a scenario occurring, and on what remedial actions would be taken. 

•  We assessed the appropriateness of management’s inventory provision calculations, including testing the 
accuracy and completeness of the data used and the mathematical accuracy of the provisioning model.

•  We independently developed our own point estimate of the ageing profile of inventory using sampled 
items from historic purchase data. We then calculated our own point estimate and evaluated whether 
management’s inventory provision was within an acceptable range.

There is significant estimation involved in the calculation of inventory provisions to 
ensure that inventory is held at the lower of cost and net realisable value. This involves 
consideration of expected future losses on sale of inventory including assessing the 
likely impacts of macro-economic factors, inventory obsolescence and the additional 
costs to sell which need to be included in calculating the net realisable value of inventory.

• 

• 

 We performance sensitivity testing over the obsolescence provision percentages used to evaluate the 
appropriateness of management’s estimates.

 We performed a retrospective review of previous years provisioning with reference to actual inventory 
write offs in the year. 

Due to the factors explained above, we have identified the valuation of inventory 
as a key audit matter.

Our audit procedures in relation to these matters were designed in the context of our audit opinion as a whole. They were not designed to enable us to express an opinion on these matters individually and 
we express no such opinion.

Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. 
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial 
statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine 
whether there is a material misstatement in the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

96

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report continued
To the members of AB Dynamics plc

Opinion on other matter prescribed by the Companies 
Act 2006
In our opinion based on the work undertaken in the course of 
our audit 

•  the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ 
report for the financial year for which the financial statements 
are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

•  the strategic report and directors’ report have been prepared 

in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report 
by exception
In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the 
parent company and their environment obtained in the course of 
the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the 
strategic report or the directors’ report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters 
where the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in 
our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent 

company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the parent company financial statements are not in agreement 

with the accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law 

are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we 

require for our audit.

Responsibilities of the directors for the 
financial statements
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement 
set out on page 65, the directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give 
a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due 
to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible 
for assessing the group’s and parent company’s ability to continue as 

a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company 
or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an 
auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or 
error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Explanation as to what extent the audit was 
considered capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements 
in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which 
our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including 
fraud, is detailed below however the primary responsibility for the 
prevention and detection of fraud lies with management and those 
charged with governance of the Company.

•  We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory 

frameworks that are applicable to the Group and the 
procedures in place for ensuring compliance. The most 
significant identified were the Companies Act 2006 and the 
QCA Corporate Governance Code. Our work included direct 
enquiry of the Company Secretary who oversees all legal 
proceedings, reviewing Board and relevant committee minutes 
and inspection of correspondence.

•  As part of our audit planning process we assessed the different 
areas of the financial statements, including disclosures, for the 
risk of material misstatement. This included considering the 
risk of fraud where direct enquiries were made of management 
and those charged with governance concerning both whether 
they had any knowledge of actual or suspected fraud and their 

assessment of the susceptibility of fraud. We considered the 
risk was greater in areas that involve significant management 
estimate or judgement. Based on this assessment we designed 
audit procedures to focus on the key areas of estimate 
or judgement, this included specific testing of journal 
transactions, both at the year end and throughout the year.

•  We used data analytic techniques to identify any unusual 

transactions or unexpected relationships, including 
considering the risk of undisclosed related party transactions. 

Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an 
unavoidable risk that some material misstatements of the financial 
statements may not be detected, even though the audit is properly 
planned and performed in accordance with the ISAs (UK).

The potential effects of inherent limitations are particularly 
significant in the case of misstatement resulting from fraud because 
fraud may involve sophisticated and carefully organised schemes 
designed to conceal it, including deliberate failure to record 
transactions, collusion or intentional misrepresentations being 
made to us.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting 
Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 
This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the 
company’s members those matters we are required to state to 
them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest 
extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as 
a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we 
have formed.

Matthew Stallabrass
Senior Statutory Auditor
for and on behalf of 
Crowe U.K. LLP
Statutory Auditor
London
22 November 2022

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

97

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsConsolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 August 2022

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit
General and administrative expenses

Operating profit

Operating profit is analysed as:
Before depreciation and amortisation

Depreciation and amortisation 

Operating profit

Finance expense

Other finance expense

Profit before tax
Tax expense

Profit for the year

Note

3

6

8

Adjusted
£'000

80,305

(34,089)

46,216

(33,473)

12,743

16,363

(3,620)

12,743

(159)

(215)

12,369

(2,182)

10,187

Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Items that may be reclassified to consolidated income statement:

Cash flow hedges

Exchange gain/(loss) on foreign currency net investments

Total comprehensive income for the year

Earnings per share – basic 

Earnings per share – diluted 

(93)

3,574

—

—

13,668

(6,278)

10

10

45.0p

44.5p

(27.7p)

(27.4p)

98

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

2022

Adjustments
£'000

Statutory
£'000

—

—

—

(7,514)

(7,514)

(1,998)

(5,516)

(7,514)

—

—

(7,514)

1,236

(6,278)

80,305

(34,089)

46,216

(40,987)

5,229

14,365

(9,136)

5,229

(159)

(215)

4,855

(946)

3,909

(93)

3,574

7,390

17.3p

17.1p

Adjusted
£'000

65,380

(28,269)

37,111

(26,288)

10,823

13,500

(2,677)

10,823

(76)

(332)

10,415

(1,895)

8,520

2021

Adjustments
£'000

—

—

—

(6,630)

(6,630)

(2,198)

(4,432)

(6,630)

—

—

(6,630)

1,095

(5,535)

Statutory
£'000

65,380

(28,269)

37,111

(32,918)

4,193

11,302

(7,109)

4,193

(76)

(332)

3,785

(800)

2,985

(31)

(614)

—

—

(31)

(614)

7,875

(5,535)

2,340

37.7p

37.4p

(24.5p)

(24.3p)

13.2p

13.1p

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of financial position
As at 31 August 2022

ASSETS

Non-current assets
Goodwill

Acquired intangible assets

Other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Current assets
Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Contract assets

Taxation

Cash and cash equivalents

Assets held for sale

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables

Contract liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

Short-term lease liabilities

Deferred consideration

Non-current liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities

Long-term lease liabilities

Net assets

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Share capital

Share premium

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

Note

21

14

22

22

23

2022
£’000

6,397

315

6,712

2021
£’000

6,552

511

7,063

111,961

104,986

226

62,260

1,142

48,333

226

62,210

(2,339)

44,889

111,961

104,986

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue 
on 23 November 2022 and are signed on its behalf by:

Dr James Routh 
Director   

Sarah Matthews-DeMers
Director

Company registration number: 08393914

Note

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

11

12

12

13

14

15

16

5

17

18

19

5

20

14

23,818

23,665

2,971

25,708

876

77,038

13,611

13,782

3,917

882

30,141

62,333

1,893

16,053

5,787

123

628

—

22,591

22,221

28,282

1,577

25,815

913

78,808

6,771

15,500

4,269

1,443

23,282

51,265

1,893

10,933

3,568

31

456

4,929

19,917

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

99

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 August 2022

At 1 September 2020

Share based payments

Total comprehensive income

Deferred tax on share based payments

Dividend paid

Issue of shares

At 31 August 2021

Share based payments

Total comprehensive income

Deferred tax on share based payments

Dividend paid

Issue of shares

At 31 August 2022

Note

9

22

9

22

Share 
capital
£’000

226

Share 
premium
£’000

61,736

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

474

Other 
reserves
£’000

(1,694)

—

(645)

—

—

—

Retained
 earnings
£’000

41,956

1,139

2,985

165

(1,356)

—

Total 
equity
£’000

102,224

1,139

2,340

165

(1,356)

474

226

62,210

(2,339)

44,889

104,986

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

50

—

3,481

—

—

—

750

3,909

(84)

(1,131)

—

750

7,390

(84)

(1,131)

50

226

62,260

1,142

48,333

111,961

The share premium account is a non-distributable reserve representing the difference between the nominal value of shares in issue and the amounts subscribed for those shares.

Retained earnings represent the cumulative value of the profits not distributed to shareholders but retained to finance the future capital requirements of the Group.

The items included in the consolidated statement of changes in equity that relate to transactions with owners are share based payments, dividends paid and issues of shares.

100

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsConsolidated cash flow statement
For the year ended 31 August 2022

Profit before tax 
Depreciation and amortisation

Finance expense

Share based payment

Acquisition costs

Operating cash flows before changes in working capital
(Increase)/decrease in inventories

Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables

Increase in trade and other payables

Cash flows from operations

Cash flows from operations are analysed as:
Adjusted cash flows from operations

Cash impact of adjusting items

Cash flows from operations

Finance costs paid

Income tax (paid)/received

Net cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows used in investing activities
Acquisition of businesses

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Capitalised development costs and purchased software

Net cash used in investing activities

 2022
£’000

4,855

9,136

374

795

290

15,450

(6,889)

1,981

8,140

18,682

20,652

(1,970)

18,682

(90)

(684)

2021
£’000

3,785

7,109

408

1,240

304

12,846

2,409

(3,913)

2,956

14,298

15,961

(1,663)

14,298

(139)

1,062

17,908

15,221

(5,114)

(2,098)

(1,711)

(8,923)

(14,329)

(5,536)

(1,104)

(20,969)

Cash flows (used in)/from financing activities
Net movements in loans 

Maturity of fixed term deposits

Dividends paid

Proceeds from issue of share capital

Repayment of lease liabilities

Net cash (used in)/from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and bank 
overdrafts
Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at beginning of the year

Effects of exchange rate changes

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at end of the year

 2022
£’000

—

—

(1,131)

50

(964)

(2,045)

6,940

23,282

(81)

30,141

2021
£’000

(493)

5,000

(1,356)

474

(656)

2,969

(2,779)

26,183

(122)

23,282

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

101

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended 31 August 2022

1. General information
AB Dynamics plc is a public company limited by shares and registered in England and Wales with 
company number 08393914. The Company is domiciled in the United Kingdom and the registered 
office and principal place of business is Middleton Drive, Bradford on Avon, Wiltshire BA15 1GB. The 
consolidated financial statements comprise the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to 
as the ‘Group’).

The principal activity of the Group is the design, manufacture and supply of advanced testing, 
simulation and measurement products to the global transport market. The Group’s products and 
services are used primarily for the development of road vehicles, particularly in the areas of active 
safety and autonomous systems, as well as automation of vehicles used for other applications, such 
as mining and defence.

Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements are measured and presented in Sterling which is the currency 
of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates. They have been prepared under 
the historical cost convention, except for financial instruments that have been measured at fair 
value through profit or loss.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006. These statements have been prepared on the going concern basis, which assumes that the 
Group will continue to be able to meet its liabilities as they fall due for the foreseeable future.

New accounting standards and interpretations

A number of amended standards became applicable for the current reporting period. The application 
of these amendments has not had any material impact on the disclosures, net assets or results of 
the Group.

Standards, amendments and interpretations to published standards not yet effective

The Directors have considered those standards and interpretations, which have not been applied 
in the financial statements but are relevant to the Group’s operations, that are in issue but not 
yet effective and do not consider that they will have a material impact on the future results of 
the Group.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies 
(a) Going concern

The Group’s activities and an outline of the developments taking place in relation to its products, 
services and marketplace are considered in the Chief Executive’s review. The principal risks and 
uncertainties and mitigations are included in the Strategic Report.

Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements sets out the Group’s financial risks and the 
management of capital risks.

The Directors have assessed the principal risks, including by modelling a severe but plausible 
downside scenario, whereby the Group experiences:

•  A reduction in demand of 25% over the next two financial years

•  A 10% increase in operating costs from supply chain disruption

•  An increase in cash collection cycle

•  An increase in input costs resulting in reduction in gross margins to 45% 

At 31 August 2022 the Group had £30.1m of cash and £15.0m undrawn revolving credit facility. Even 
after the post-year-end acquisition of Ansible Motion for £16.0m of cash, in this severe downside 
scenario, the Group has sufficient headroom to be able to continue to operate for the foreseeable 
future. The Directors believe that the Group is well placed to manage its financing and other 
business risks satisfactorily and have a reasonable expectation that the Group will have adequate 
resources to continue in operation for at least twelve months from the signing date of the financial 
statements. They therefore consider it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
in preparing the financial statements. 

(b) Accounting judgements and sources of estimation uncertainty

Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated by the Directors and management and are 
based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are 
believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the 
statement of financial position date, that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to 
the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial period, are as stated below:

102

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(b) Accounting judgements and sources of estimation uncertainty continued

Accounting judgements

Assessment of the percentage of completion of construction projects (laboratory testing and simulation)

Management judgements are required in determining the profitability and stage of completion 
of contracts where revenue is recognised over time, specifically where the Group manufactures 
custom-built laboratory and simulator equipment. This involves regular review by management of 
project milestones, actual costs incurred against budgeted costs, and forecast costs to complete as 
well as other pertinent information.

The above estimates are made internally by the Group and any changes of these estimates will 
result in a corresponding change in revenue and profit. Any potential losses on contracts are 
considered and appropriately recognised immediately upon occurrence, while contract revenue 
which cannot be estimated reliably is recognised only after confirmed by written agreement.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

Acquisition accounting

When the Group makes an acquisition, it recognises the identifiable assets and liabilities, including 
intangible assets, at fair value with the difference between the fair value of net assets acquired 
and the fair value of consideration paid comprising goodwill. The key assumptions and estimates 
used to determine the valuation of intangible assets acquired are the forecast cash flows, the 
discount rate and customer/supplier attrition. Customer and supplier relationships are valued using 
a discounted cash flow model. Goodwill and intangible assets are tested for impairment annually. 
Details of the review performed in the current year are disclosed in note 11. 

Acquisitions often comprise an element of deferred consideration. Deferred consideration is fair 
valued based on the Directors’ estimate of future performance of the acquired entity. The Group’s 
growth strategy is underpinned by the successful execution of acquisitions. This results in material 
amounts of goodwill and intangible assets being recognised in the consolidated statement of 
financial position.

Inventory

At each balance sheet date, each subsidiary evaluates the recoverability of inventories and records 
a provision based on an assessment of net realisable value, taking into account the aging profile 
of inventory on hand. The actual net realisable value of inventory may differ from the estimated 
realisable value, which could impact on operating results.

(c) Revenue and long-term contracts

The Group principally earns revenue through the sale of manufactured test products for automotive 
applications and the provision of test and consultancy services and recognises revenue based on 
the satisfaction of the performance obligations in contracts with customers. A contract with a 
customer is confirmed and exists when a sales contract has been signed by both parties, where 
the terms and conditions of the sale have been agreed by both parties and it is expected that the 
entity will be paid by the customer upon completion of the distinct performance obligations in the 
contract. Goods and services are distinct and accounted for as separate performance obligations 

if they are separately identifiable in the contract and the customer can benefit from the goods 
and services either on their own or together with other readily available resources available to the 
customer. Revenue is recognised in the amount the entity expects to receive for the performance 
of its obligations to the customer and net of sales taxes. Where contract modifications do occur and 
the remaining goods and services are not distinct from those already provided then the transaction 
price is updated, and where necessary a cumulative adjustment is made. This occurs infrequently 
where insignificant adjustments are made to the equipment supplied or services rendered.

The Group determines the transaction price for each individual contract with the customer by 
reference to the stand-alone selling prices of the Group’s goods and services. Transaction prices 
are set in the contract and are thus fixed upon agreeing to enter into a contract with a customer. 
The Group does not recognise variable consideration and does not estimate any other revenue 
other than that agreed upon in the contract which is not subject to estimation. Rights of return 
are present in some contracts, yet these are only triggered by non-performance of the obligations 
under the contract and after the Group’s right to repair lapses. There have been no instances of any 
right of return clause being invoked for the Group, and correspondingly no return assets or refund 
liabilities are recognised.

Where there are multiple performance obligations under a single contract, the Group allocates the 
transaction price in relation to the stand-alone selling prices for the performance obligations in the 
contract. Where only one performance obligation is identified in the contract the transaction price 
is allocated in full. In instances where specific elements are not separated on a contract and invoice, 
such as training and initial support, these revenue elements are recognised independently with 
reference to the stand-alone selling prices of these services as if they were provided independently.

Revenue is recognised as the performance obligations in the contract are satisfied and control 
of the goods and services has transferred to the customer. For each performance obligation the 
Group determines if the obligation has been settled over time or at a point in time. Performance 
obligations are satisfied over time if the performance obligation creates an asset with no 
alternative use for the Group and there is an enforceable right to payment for performance 
completed to date, or if the customer can simultaneously receive and consume the benefits 
provided by the Group. When revenue is recognised over time the Group measures progress 
towards satisfaction of the performance obligations on an input measurement basis by assessing 
the costs incurred over the total expected costs to satisfy the obligations in the contract.

Variations in contract work, claims and incentive payments are recognised to the extent that they 
have been agreed with the customer. The probability of a profitable outcome of the contract is 
determined by regular review by management of project milestones, actual costs against budgeted 
costs and any other pertinent information. When it is probable that total contract costs will exceed 
total contract revenue, the expected loss is recognised as an expense immediately. The aggregate 
of the cost incurred and the profit/loss recognised on each contract are compared against the 
progress billings up to the year end.

Contract assets (accrued revenue) and contract liabilities (amounts received in advance of 
performance delivery) are recognised separately.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

103

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2022Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(c) Revenue and long-term contracts continued

Supply of manufactured products

The majority of the Group’s revenue is derived from the sale of manufactured products, which 
is broken down into two categories, being standard products and bespoke products. Revenue 
recognition on standard products which the Group regularly manufactures and sells is measured 
at the transaction price that is expected to flow to the Group and recognised at a point in time 
when the Group has transferred control to the customer in line with the Incoterms as agreed with 
the customer.

Revenue from custom-built laboratory and simulator equipment is recognised over time as the 
Group has no alternative use for these custom-built pieces of equipment and the Group has an 
enforceable right to payment, plus a reasonable profit margin throughout the life of the contract. 
An alternative use exists where there are multiple OEMs and tier 1 customers to whom the 
Group could provide the equipment. The Group measures progress towards satisfaction of the 
performance obligations on an input measurement by assessing the costs incurred over the total 
expected costs to satisfy the obligations in the contract as well as forecast costs to complete.

Supply of services

The Group recognises revenue from the provision of services to customers which include support, 
road testing, track testing and training. Services are a single performance obligation in the contract 
with customers. For road testing, track testing and training services revenue is recognised over 
time as the services are delivered on a straight-line basis over the period in which the services 
are performed. For support services under a subscription contract with the customer revenue is 
recognised at the transaction price on a straight-line basis over the contractual period.

Supply of software

The Group’s software products are sold on licencing arrangements for set contracted periods in 
contracts with customers. These contracts provide the customer the right to access the product 
during the licence period. A new or renewed licence is a single performance obligation and revenue 
is recognised on a straight-line basis over the licence period.

(d) Basis of consolidation

The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from 
the date on which control over the operating and financial decisions is obtained and cease to be 
consolidated from the date on which control is transferred out of the Group. The Group controls an 
investee when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee 
and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.

All intercompany balances and transactions, including recognised gains arising from inter-group 
transactions, have been eliminated in full. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same manner 
as recognised gains except to the extent that they provide evidence of impairment.

(e) Acquisitions

Acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method as at the acquisition date, which is the 
date on which control is transferred to the Group. Goodwill at the acquisition date represents the cost 
of the business combination (excluding acquisition related costs, which are expensed as incurred) in 
excess of the fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible assets and liabilities acquired.

(f) Inventories

Inventories are valued on a first in, first out basis at the lower of cost and net realisable value. 
Cost includes all expenditure incurred during the normal course of business in bringing in 
inventories to their present location and condition, including, in the case of work-in-progress and 
finished goods, an appropriate proportion of production overheads. Net realisable value is based 
on the estimated useful selling price less further costs expected to be incurred to completion and 
subsequent disposal.

(g) Financial instruments

Financial instruments are recognised in the statements of financial position when the Company 
has become a party to the contractual provisions of the instruments.

Financial instruments are classified as assets, liabilities or equity in accordance with the substance 
of the contractual arrangement. Interest, dividends, gains and losses relating to a financial 
instrument classified as a liability are reported as an expense or income. Distributions to holders 
of financial instruments classified as equity are charged directly to equity.

Financial instruments are offset when the Group has a legally enforceable right to offset and 
intends to settle either on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. 
A financial instrument is recognised initially, at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial 
instrument not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are directly attributable 
to the acquisition or issue of the financial instrument. Financial instruments recognised in the 
statement of financial position are disclosed in the individual policy statement associated with 
each item.

(i) Financial assets

On initial recognition, financial assets are classified as either financial assets at fair value through 
profit or loss or loans and receivables financial assets. The Group does not hold any financial assets 
at fair value through other comprehensive income.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

As at the end of the reporting period, there were no foreign currency forward contracts classified 
under this category.

Loans and receivables financial assets

Trade receivables and other receivables that have fixed or determinable payments that are not 
quoted in an active market are classified as loans and receivables financial assets. Loans and 
receivables financial assets are recognised under an expected credit loss approach, in accordance 
with IFRS 9. The adoption of IFRS 9 has not had a material impact on the financial statements. 
Interest income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate, except for short-term 
receivables when the recognition of interest would be immaterial. 

104

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2022Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(g) Financial instruments continued

(ii) Financial liabilities

All financial liabilities are initially recorded at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs 
and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method other than those 
categorised as fair value through profit or loss.

The fair value through profit or loss category comprises financial liabilities that are either held 
for trading or are designated to eliminate or significantly reduce a measurement or recognition 
inconsistency that would otherwise arise. Derivatives are also classified as held for trading unless 
they are designated as hedges.

(iii) Equity instruments

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new 
shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from proceeds.

(i) Intangible assets

All intangible assets, excluding goodwill arising on a business combination, are stated at their 
amortised cost or fair value at initial recognition less any provision for impairment.

(a) Research and development costs

Research expenditure is written off as incurred. Development costs are written off as incurred 
unless they meet the criteria in IAS 38 for capitalisation. Where forecast revenues for a particular 
project exceed attributable forecast development costs, they are capitalised and amortised on 
a straight-line basis over the asset’s estimated useful life. Costs are capitalised as intangible 
assets unless physical assets, such as tooling, exist when they are classified as property, plant 
and equipment.

(b) Computer software costs

Where computer software is not integral to an item of property, plant or equipment, its costs are 
capitalised as other intangible assets. Amortisation is provided on a straight-line basis over its 
useful economic life of between three and seven years.

Interim dividends are recognised when paid and final dividends on ordinary shares are recognised 
as liabilities when approved for appropriation.

(c) Acquired intangible assets – business combinations

(iv) Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and 
are subsequently measured at their fair value. The method of recognising any resulting gain or loss 
depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of 
the item being hedged. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instruments that do not qualify 
for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement.

(h) Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is initially recorded at cost. Once the asset is available for use, 
depreciation is calculated at rates estimated to write off the cost of the relevant assets, less 
any estimated residual value, on either a straight-line basis or reducing balance basis over their 
expected useful lives.

Plant and machinery 
Motor vehicles 
Furniture and fittings 
Computer equipment 
General equipment   
Test equipment 
Buildings  

10% straight line 
25% reducing balance 
10% straight line 
25% straight line 
10% straight line 
Between 10 and 20% straight line 
5% straight line

Intangible assets that may be acquired as a result of a business combination, include, but are 
not limited to, customer lists, supplier lists, databases, technology and software and patents 
that can be separately measured at fair value, on a reliable basis. They are separately recognised 
on acquisition at fair value, together with the associated deferred tax liability. Amortisation is 
charged on a straight-line basis to the consolidated income statement over the expected useful 
economic lives. 

Customer relationships

Brand

Technology

(d) Goodwill – business combinations

Economic life

7–10 years

10 years

5–7 years

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of a subsidiary represents the excess of the aggregate of the fair 
value of the consideration over the aggregate fair value of the identifiable intangible, tangible and 
current assets and net of the aggregate fair value of the liabilities (including contingent liabilities 
of businesses acquired at the date of acquisition). Goodwill is initially recognised as an asset at cost 
and is subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Transaction costs 
are expensed and are not included in the cost of acquisition.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

105

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2022Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
  
 
2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(j) Impairment of tangible and intangible assets 

An impairment loss is recognised to the extent that the carrying amount of an asset or cash 
generating unit (CGU) exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of an asset or 
CGU is the higher of: (i) its fair value less costs to sell; and (ii) its value in use. Its value in use is the 
present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset or CGU, discounted 
using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money 
and the risks specific to the asset or cash generating unit. Impairment losses are recognised 
immediately in the consolidated income statement.

(a) Impairment of goodwill

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to a CGU; CGUs for this purpose represent 
the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored by the Group’s Board of Directors 
for internal and management purposes. CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for 
impairment annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired.

If the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than the carrying amount of the unit, the impairment 
loss is allocated first to reduce the goodwill attributable to the CGU. Impairment losses cannot be 
subsequently reversed.

(b) Impairment of other tangible and intangible assets

Other tangible and intangible assets are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in 
circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Impairment losses and any 
subsequent reversals are recognised in the consolidated income statement.

(k) Taxation

The income tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the 
income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive 
income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is recognised in other comprehensive income or 
directly in equity, respectively.

The current income tax charge is calculated based on the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted 
at the balance sheet date in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and 
generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with 
respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes 
provisions where appropriate based on amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is recognised, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising 
between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated 
financial statements.

Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the reporting date and are expected to apply when the related deferred 
income tax asset is realised, or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable 
profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised.

(l) Share based payments

Employees (including Directors and senior executives) of the Group receive remuneration in 
the form of share based payment transactions, whereby these individuals render services as 
consideration for equity instruments ( equity-settled transactions ). These individuals are granted 
share option rights approved by the Board which can only be settled in shares of the respective 
companies that award the equity-settled transactions. Share options rights are also granted to 
these individuals by majority shareholders over their shares held. No cash settled awards have been 
made or are planned.

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together with a corresponding increase in 
equity, over the period in which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled, ending 
on the date on which the relevant individuals become fully entitled to the award (vesting point). 
The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until 
the vesting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the Group’s best 
estimate of the number of equity instruments and value that will ultimately vest. The statement 
of comprehensive income charge for the year represents the movement in the cumulative expense 
recognised as at the beginning and end of that period.

The fair value of share based remuneration is determined at the date of grant and recognised as 
an expense in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, taking account of the 
estimated number of shares that will vest. The fair value is determined by use of the Black Scholes 
model method, or the Monte Carlo simulation method as appropriate.

(m) Foreign currencies

(a) Reporting foreign currency transactions in functional currency

The individual financial statements of each Group entity are prepared in their functional currency, 
which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which that entity operates. For the 
purpose of the consolidated financial statements, the results and financial position of each entity 
are translated into Sterling, which is the presentational currency of the Group. 

Transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency (foreign currencies) are 
initially recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At each 
subsequent balance sheet date:

(a)   Foreign currency monetary items are retranslated at the rates prevailing at the balance sheet 

date. Exchange differences arising on the settlement or retranslation of monetary items are 
recognised in the consolidated income statement. 

(b)  Non-monetary items measured at historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated. 

(c)   Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are retranslated using the 

exchange rates at the date the fair value was determined. Where a gain or loss on non-monetary 
items is recognised directly in equity, any exchange component of that gain or loss is also 
recognised directly in equity and conversely, where a gain or loss on a non-monetary item is 
recognised in the consolidated income statement, any exchange component of that gain or loss 
is also recognised in the consolidated income statement. 

106

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2022Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(m) Foreign currencies continued

(b) Translation from functional currency to presentational currency

When the functional currency of a Group entity is different from the Group’s presentational 
currency, its results and financial position are translated into the presentational currency 
as follows: 

(a)  Assets and liabilities are translated using exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date. 

(b)   Income and expense items are translated at average exchange rates for the year, except where 
the use of such an average rate does not approximate the exchange rate at the date of the 
transaction, in which case the transaction rate is used.

(c)   All resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income; these 

cumulative exchange differences are recognised in the consolidated income statement in the 
period in which the foreign operation is disposed of. 

(c) Net investment in foreign operations

Exchange differences arising on a monetary item that forms part of a reporting entity’s net 
investment in a foreign operation are recognised in the consolidated income statement in the 
separate financial statements of the reporting entity or the foreign operation as appropriate. 
In the consolidated financial statements such exchange differences are initially recognised in 
other comprehensive income as a separate component of equity and subsequently recognised 
in the consolidated income statement on disposal of the net investment.

(n) Assets held for sale

Assets held for sale are assets previously classified as non-current which are expected to be sold 
rather than held for continuing use. These have principally arisen as part of a review of our physical 
estate. Assets held for sale have not been sold at the balance sheet date but are being actively 
marketed for sale, with a high probability of completion within twelve months.

(o) Alternative performance measures 

Alternative performance measures are items of income and expense which, because of the nature, 
size and/or infrequency of the events giving rise to them, merit separate presentation. These 
specific items are presented below the income statement to provide greater clarity and a better 
understanding of the impact of these items on the Group’s financial performance. In doing so, 
it also facilitates greater comparison of the Group’s underlying results with prior periods and 
assessment of trends in financial performance. This split is consistent with how underlying business 
performance is measured internally.

Alternative performance measures may include but are not restricted to: adjustments to the fair 
value of acquisition related items such as contingent consideration, acquired intangible asset 
amortisation and other items due to their significance, size or nature, and the related taxation. 

(p) Leases

At the lease commencement date (i.e. the date the underlying asset is available for use), the 
Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet. The lease liability 
is initially measured at the present value of future lease payments, discounted using the Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate. This is the rate that we would have to pay for a loan of a similar term, 
and with similar security, to obtain an asset of similar value. The right-of-use asset is initially 
measured at cost, comprising the initial value of the lease liability, any lease payments made 
before commencement of the lease, any initial direct costs and any restoration costs. The asset is 
recorded as property, plant and equipment, and is depreciated over the shorter of its estimated 
useful economic life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. The finance cost is charged to the 
income statement over the lease term to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the lease 
liability. The lease payment is allocated between repayment of the lease liability and finance cost. 
The Group applies the short-term lease recognition exemption to those leases that have a lease 
term of twelve months or less from the commencement date and do not contain a purchase option. 
It also applies the low-value assets recognition exemption to leases of assets below £5,000. Lease 
payments on short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised as an expense on a 
straight-line basis over the lease term.

3. Segment reporting
The Group derives revenue from the sale of its advanced measurement, simulation and testing 
products used in assisting the global transport market in the laboratory, on the test track and on 
road. The income streams are all derived from the utilisation of these products which, in all aspects 
except details of revenue, are reviewed and managed together within the Group and as such are 
considered to be the only segment. 

The operating segment is based on internal reports about components of the Group, which 
are regularly reviewed and used by the Board of Directors, being the Chief Operating Decision 
Maker (CODM).

Analysis of revenue by country of destination:

United Kingdom

Rest of Europe

North America

Asia Pacific

Rest of World

2022
£’000

5,459

13,723

19,466

40,941

716

80,305

2021
£’000

4,449

11,352

15,884

32,717

978

65,380

One customer individually represents 12.5% of total revenue for the year ended 31 August 2022 
(2021: no customer individually represented 10% of more of total revenue).

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

107

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2022Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements3. Segment reporting continued
Assets and liabilities by segment are not reported to the Board of Directors, and therefore are not 
used as a key decision-making tool and are not disclosed here.

We provide comparatives alongside all current year figures. The term ‘adjusted’ is not defined under 
IFRS and may not be comparable with similarly titled measures used by other companies. All profit 
and earnings per share figures in this Annual Report relate to underlying business performance (as 
defined above) unless otherwise stated.

A disclosure of non-current assets by location is shown below:

United Kingdom

Rest of Europe

North America

Asia Pacific

Revenues are disaggregated as follows:

Revenue by sector

Track testing

Laboratory testing and simulation

2022
£’000

39,565

1,262

17,084

19,127

77,038

2022
£’000

64,743

15,562

80,305

2021
£’000

41,174

1,009

15,522

21,103

78,808

2021
£’000

49,680

15,700

65,380

4. Alternative performance measures
In the analysis of the Group’s financial performance and position, operating results and cash flows, 
alternative performance measures are presented to provide readers with additional information. 
The principal measures presented are adjusted measures of earnings including adjusted operating 
profit, adjusted operating margin, adjusted profit before tax, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted 
earnings per share.

The financial statements include both statutory and adjusted non-GAAP financial measures, the 
latter of which the Directors believe better reflect the underlying performance of the business 
and provide a more meaningful comparison of how the business is managed and measured on a 
day-to-day basis. The Group’s alternative performance measures and KPIs are aligned to the Group’s 
strategy and together are used to measure the performance of the business and form the basis 
of the performance measures for remuneration. Adjusted results exclude certain items because, 
if included, these items could distort the understanding of the performance for the year and the 
comparability between the periods.

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Acquisition related costs

ERP development costs

2022
£’000

5,516

328

1,670

7,514

2021
£’000

4,432

840

1,358

6,630

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

The amortisation relates to the acquisition of VadoTech Group on 3 March 2021 and the businesses 
acquired in 2019, DRI and rFpro.

Acquisition related costs

The costs in the current year relate to the acquisition of Ansible Motion Limited which completed 
on 20 September 2022, after the year end.

The costs incurred during 2021 relate to the acquisition of the VadoTech Group as well as staff 
retention payments to the employees of rFpro. 

ERP development costs

These costs relate to the development, configuration and customisation of the Group’s new ERP 
system which is hosted on the cloud.

Tax

The tax impact of these adjustments was as follows: amortisation of £0.8m (2021: £0.7m), 
acquisition related costs of£0.1m (2021: £0.1m) and ERP development costs of £0.3m (2021: £0.3m). 
The tax impact has been calculated with reference to the prevailing tax rate in the jurisdiction in 
which the expense arose. 

Cash impact

The cash flow impact of the adjustments was an outflow of £2.0m (2021: £1.7m), being £1.7m 
(2021: £1.4m) in relation to ERP development costs and £0.3m (2021: £0.3m) in relation to 
acquisition costs.

108

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2022Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements5. Revenue from contracts with customers
Contract balances

6. Profit before tax
The profit before tax is stated after charging/(crediting):

The Group has recognised the following revenue related contract assets and liabilities: 

Contract assets (i)

Contract liabilities (ii)

Revenue recognised in the period from:
Amounts included in contract liability at the beginning of the period:

– Laboratory testing and simulation

2022
£’000

3,917

5,787

2021
£’000

4,269

3,568

Depreciation of tangible fixed assets

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Amortisation of other intangible assets

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Realised (gain)/ loss on foreign exchange

3,452

1,919

Staff costs:

(i) Significant changes in contract assets 

Contract assets have decreased by 8% during the year reflecting completion of two contracts. 
There are 9 current contracts at various stages of completion. 

– Wages and salaries

– Social security costs

– Other pension costs

Share based payments

(ii) Significant changes in contract liabilities

Research and development costs charged as an expense

The increase in contract liabilities relates to a number of new contracts with payments in advance 
having been received prior to the year end. Within this figure is £810,000 relating to support and 
warranty which is recognised over the period in which these obligations are performed.

Auditor’s remuneration

Remaining performance obligations as at 31 August 2022

Unsatisfied performance obligations
Track testing 

Laboratory testing and simulation

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

12,447

12,944

12,746

12,107

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor during the year for:

– The audit of the Company’s financial statements

– The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries

– Other services

2022
£’000

2,352

964

304

5,516

(368)

26,418

2,318

1,118

795

356

2022
£’000

90

51

—

141

2021
£’000

1,964

660

53

4,432

711

18,118

2,038

1,101

1,240

526

2021
£’000

55

52

—

107

The revenue on outstanding performance obligations at 31 August 2022 on the track testing 
systems will be recognised on delivery of these items, alongside the associated cost of sales, 
in the following financial year.

The revenue on outstanding performance obligations at 31 August 2022 on laboratory testing 
and simulation systems will be recognised over time alongside the associated cost of sales, in the 
following financial year. The typical length of time for these construction projects is 18-24 months.

Assets recognised from costs to obtain or fulfil customer contracts

No amounts have been recognised in relation to these categories of assets as at 31 August 2022.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

109

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2022Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements7. Employees
The average monthly number of employees, including Directors, during the year was as follows:

8. Tax expense

Directors and commercial

Engineers and technicians

Administration

2022
No.

23

351

60

434

2021
No.

23

256

54

333

The total number of employees at the year end was 428 (2021: 394).

Total remuneration of key management personnel, being the Directors of the Company and the 
members of the Executive Committee (Excom) is set out below:

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Social security costs

Share based payments – equity settled

2022
£’000

2,212

104

216

691

2021
£’000

1,622

138

218

667

Current tax:
– For the financial year

– Adjustments in respect of prior year

Deferred tax (note 21):
– Origination and reversal of temporary differences

– Related to share based payments on exercised options

3,223

2,645

Profit before tax

Further details relating to the remuneration of the Directors of the Company can be found in the 
Remuneration Committee report.

Tax at the applicable statutory rate of 19% (2021: 19%)

Tax effects of:

Non-deductible expenses

Research and development tax credit

Adjustments in respect of prior year

Patent Box relief*

Changes in tax rates

Overseas tax rates

Tax expense for the financial year

The statutory effective rate of tax for the year of 19.5% is higher than (2021: higher than) the 
standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19% (2021: 19%) as set out below.

The effective rate of tax on the adjusted profit before tax is 17.7% (2021: 18.3%), the reduction 
being mainly due to an increase in Patent Box relief.

The tax charge can be reconciled to the consolidated income statement as follows:

2022
£’000

718

6

724

(290)

512

946

2021
£’000

102

(32)

70

926

(196)

800

2022
£’000

4,855

923

238

(196)

175

(642)

473

(24)

947

2021
£’000

3,785

719

330

(116)

(228)

(383)

430

48

800

*  Patent Box relief represents the tax effect of the reduced amount payable on profits that fall within the Patent Box regime.

110

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2022Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements8. Tax expense continued
In addition to the amount charged to the consolidated income statement, the following amounts 
relating to tax have been recognised directly in equity: 

10. Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the period. 

Deferred tax
Change in estimated excess tax deductions related to share based payments

Total income tax recognised directly in equity

Factors affecting the tax charge in future years

2022
£’000

(84)

(84)

2021
£’000

(165)

(165)

A number of changes to the UK corporation tax system were announced in the March 2021 budget 
statement which will increase the main rate of corporation tax to 25% by 1 April 2023. These 
changes were substantively enacted during the prior year. The impact on the Group’s deferred tax 
liabilities was an increase of £0.4m.

The Group’s future tax charge could be affected by several factors including: tax reform in the 
UK, the USA, Europe or Japan, any future acquisitions, availability of losses carried forward and 
availability of R&D and patent tax relief.

9. Dividends paid

Final 2020 dividend paid of 4.4p per share

Interim 2021 dividend paid of 1.6p per share

Final 2021 dividend paid of 3.2p per share

Interim 2022 dividend paid of 1.8p per share

2022
£’000

—

—

733

398

2021
£’000

994

362

—

—

1,131

1,356

The Board has proposed a final dividend of 3.54p per share totalling £735,000. An interim dividend 
was paid of 1.76p per share totalling £398,000. If approved, the final dividend will be paid on 
27 January 2023 to shareholders on the register on 30 December 2022.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary 
shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential shares. The Company has one 
category of potentially dilutive shares, namely share options.

The calculation of earnings per share is based on the following earnings and number of shares.

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the Group (£’000)
Weighted average number of shares used in calculating earnings per 
share (’000)

– Basic

– Diluted

Earnings per share 

– Basic

– Diluted

Adjusted profit after tax (£’000) 

Adjusted earnings per share

Adjusted diluted earnings per share 

2022

3,909

2021

2,985

22,625

22,908

17.3p

17.1p

10,187

45.0p

44.5p

22,602

22,782

13.2p

13.1p

8,520

37.7p

37.4p

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

111

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2022Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsTotal
£’000

22,221

1,597

23,818

Total
£’000

16,170

6,336

(285)

Expected changes to cash flows during the period for which management has detailed plans relate 
to revenue forecasts and forecast operating margins in each of the operating companies. The 
relative value ascribed to each varies between CGUs as the budgets are built up from the underlying 
operating companies within each CGU, but the key assumption for each CGU is that following the 
disruption caused by COVID-19, demand recovers as a result of the long-term drivers in the industry, 
including the increase in ADAS and autonomy and increased regulation.

The calculations have used the Group’s forecast figures for the next three years. This is based on 
data derived from the three-year plan that has been approved by the Board. At the end of three 
years, the calculations assume the performance of the CGUs will grow at a nominal annual rate of 
3.1% in perpetuity. Growth rates are based on management’s view of industry growth forecasts. 
Changes in selling prices and direct costs are based on past practices and expectations of future 
changes. The weighted average cost of capital is derived using beta values of a comparator group 
of companies adjusted for funding structures as appropriate. 

The pre-tax discount rate used for value-in-use calculations and the carrying value of goodwill by 
the principal CGUs is 9.6%.

Following a detailed review, no impairment losses were recognised in the year ended 31 August 2022.

Sensitivity testing was performed on the forecasts to consider the impact of reasonably possible 
worst case scenarios, including a 19% fall in the forecast cash flows. A 5% addition to the discount 
rate for each CGU was also separately modelled. None of these scenarios resulted in any CGUs 
requiring impairment.

11. Goodwill

At 1 September 2021

Exchange differences

At 31 August 2022

At 1 September 2020

Acquisitions

Exchange differences

At 31 August 2021

VadoTech 
Group
£’000

6,298

49

6,347

VadoTech 
Group
£’000

—

6,336

(38)

6,298

Track testing 
exc. 
VadoTech
£’000

Lab testing 
and simulation
£’000

8,388

1,548

9,936

7,535

—

7,535

Track testing 
exc. 
VadoTech
£’000

Lab testing 
and simulation
£’000

8,635

—

(247)

8,388

7,535

—

—

7,535

22,221

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated at acquisition to the cash generating units 
(CGUs) that are expected to benefit from that business combination. The carrying amount of the 
goodwill has been allocated to the Group’s principal CGUs, being the CGUs described above.

The Group tests goodwill at least annually for impairment. Tests are conducted more frequently if 
there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. The recoverable amounts of the CGUs are 
determined from value-in-use calculations. The key assumptions for the value-in-use calculations 
have been individually estimated for each CGU and include the discount rates and expected changes 
to cash flows during the period for which management has detailed plans.

Management estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments 
of the time value of money and the risks specific to each of the CGUs. Pre-tax discount rates, 
derived from the Group’s post-tax weighted average cost of capital of 8.5% which has been adjusted 
for a premium specific to each of the CGUs to account for differences in currency risk, country risk 
and other factors affecting specific CGUs, have been used to discount projected cash flows.

112

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2022Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements12. Acquired and other intangible assets

Cost
At 1 September 2021
Additions
Disposals
Exchange differences

At 31 August 2022

Amortisation
At 1 September 2021
Charge for the year
Exchange differences

At 31 August 2022

Net book value
At 31 August 2021

At 31 August 2022

Internally generated additions total £173,500 (2021: £735,284).

Cost
At 1 September 2020
Additions
Disposals
Acquisitions
Exchange differences

At 31 August 2021

Amortisation
At 1 September 2020
Charge for the year
Exchange differences

At 31 August 2021

Net book value
At 31 August 2020

At 31 August 2021

Customer
 relationships
£’000

Brand
£’000

Technology
£’000

Total acquired
 intangible 
assets
£’000

Capitalised 
development 
costs
£’000

Investment
£’000

Total other
 intangible 
assets
£’000

23,837
—
—
776

24,613

2,890
3,020
240

6,150

20,947

18,463

1,897
—
—
192

2,089

394
195
52

641

1,503

1,448

10,738
—
—
362

11,100

4,906
2,301
139

7,346

5,832

3,754

36,472
—
—
1,330

37,802

8,190
5,516
431

14,137

28,282

23,665

1,677
1,711
—
—

3,388

112
305
—

417

1,565

2,971

12
—
(12)
—

—

—
—
—

—

12

—

1,689
1,711
(12)
—

3,388

112
305
—

417

1,577

2,971

Customer
 relationships
£’000

Brand
£’000

Technology
£’000

Total acquired
 intangible 
assets
£’000

Capitalised 
development 
costs
£’000

Investment
£’000

Total other
 intangible
 assets
£’000

8,812
—
—
15,345
(320)

23,837

1,076
1,969
(155)

2,890

7,736

20,947

1,964
—
—
—
(67)

1,897

243
191
(40)

394

1,721

1,503

10,675
—
—
—
63

10,738

2,509
2,287
110

4,906

8,166

5,832

21,451
—
—
15,345
(324)

36,472

3,828
4,447
(85)

8,190

17,623

28,282

519
1,158
—
—
—

1,677

59
53
—

112

460

1,565

12
—
—
—
—

12

—
—
—

—

12

12

531
1,158
—
—
—

1,689

59
53
—

112

472

1,577

Acquired intangible assets relate to items acquired through business combinations which are amortised over their useful economic life.

Other intangible assets comprise acquired intellectual property, software and capitalised development costs.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

113

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2022Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements13. Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 1 September 2021

Additions

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 August 2022

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 September 2021

Charge for the year

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 August 2022

Net book value
At 31 August 2021

At 31 August 2022

Land and 
buildings
£’000

Plant and
 equipment
£’000

Test 
equipment
£’000

Motor 
vehicles
£’000

22,135

193

(18)

259

22,569

961

612

(18)

57

1,612

21,174

20,957

3,665

1,500

(579)

145

4,731

1,448

854

(575)

103

1,830

2,217

2,901

4,201

312

(239)

75

4,349

1,951

828

(100)

33

2,712

2,250

1,637

402

93

—

10

505

228

58

—

6

292

174

213

Total
£’000

30,403

2,098

(836)

489

32,154

4,588

2,352

(693)

199

6,446

25,815

25,708

There were no capital commitments contracted and not yet provided in these financial statements.

Land and 
buildings
£’000

Plant and
 equipment
£’000

Test 
equipment
£’000

Motor 
vehicles
£’000

Cost
At 1 September 2020

Additions

Acquisitions of businesses

Disposals

Transfers to assets held for sale

Exchange differences

20,203

4,313

—

(356)

(1,978)

(47)

3,848

3,739

597

17

(749)

—

(48)

595

—

(100)

—

(33)

At 31 August 2021

22,135

3,665

4,201

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 September 2020

Charge for the year

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 August 2021

Net book value
At 31 August 2020

At 31 August 2021

943

377

(356)

(3)

961

19,260

21,174

1,420

805

(746)

(31)

1,448

2,428

2,217

1,325

718

(86)

(6)

1,951

2,414

2,250

372

33

—

—

—

(3)

402

165

64

—

(1)

228

207

174

Total
£’000

28,162

5,538

17

(1,205)

(1,978)

(131)

30,403

3,853

1,964

(1,188)

(41)

4,588

24,309

25,815

114

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2022Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements14. Leases
Right-of-use assets

Cost
At 1 September 2021

Additions

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 August 2022

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 September 2021

Charge for the year

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 August 2022

Net book value
At 31 August 2021

At 31 August 2022

Land and
 buildings
£’000

2,052

938

(572)

122

2,540

1,139

964

(572)

133

1,664

913

876

Cost
At 1 September 2020

Additions

Acquisitions

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 August 2021

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 September 2020

Charge for the year

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 August 2021

Net book value
At 31 August 2020

At 31 August 2021

Total
£’000

2,052

938

(572)

122

2,540

1,139

964

(572)

133

1,664

913

876

Land and 
buildings
£’000

Total
£’000

1,263

1,263

246

659

(77)

(39)

246

659

(77)

(39)

2,052

2,052

562

660

(65)

(18)

562

660

(65)

(18)

1,139

1,139

701

913

701

913

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

115

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2022Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements14. Leases continued
Lease liabilities

Maturity analysis – contractual undiscounted cash flows
Less than one year

One to five years

Total undiscounted cash flows

Discount

Total lease liabilities

Current

Non-current

Amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Interest on lease liabilities

Amounts recognised in the consolidated cash flow statement

Principal lease payments

Interest payments on leases

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

631

319

950

(7)

943

628

315

2022
£’000

964

40

2022
£’000

964

40

456

522

978

(11)

967

456

511

2021
£’000

660

25

2021
£’000

656

25

15. Inventories

Raw materials

Work-in-progress

Finished goods

2022
£’000

11,042

2,105

464

13,611

2021
£’000

5,032

1,613

126

6,771

The value of inventories recognised as an expense during the year was £24,755,000 (2021: 
£19,874,000). During the year the amount of write down of inventories recognised as an expense 
was £220,000 (2021: £400,000).

16. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Less: impairment provision

Other receivables

Prepayments

2022
£’000

10,600

(508)

10,092

2,394

1,296

13,782

2021
£’000

12,126

(592)

11,534

1,742

2,224

15,500

116

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2022Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements16. Trade and other receivables continued
The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade receivables at 31 August, by currency, was:

17. Cash and cash equivalents

Sterling

Euro

US dollar

Japanese yen

Trade receivables, before impairment provisions, are analysed as follows:

Not past due

Past due, no credit loss for impairment

Past due, credit loss for impairment

2022
£’000

4,754

3,482

1,386

470

2021
£’000

4,987

4,200

2,037

310

10,092

11,534

Cash at bank:

– Sterling

– Euro

– US dollar

– Japanese yen

– Other currencies

2022
£’000

3,394

6,698

508

2021
£’000

7,260

4,274

592

10,600

12,126

Net cash

Cash and cash equivalents

Lease liabilities

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

15,230

8,867

4,111

1,596

337

15,483

4,923

2,203

417

256

30,141

23,282

2022
£’000

30,141

(943)

29,198

2021
£’000

23,282

(967)

22,315

The ageing of trade receivables, classified as past due, but not impaired, is as follows:

Less than three months past due

Over three months past due

At 1 September

Provision for impairment of receivables

Receivables written off during the year as uncollectable

At 31 August

2022
£’000

5,042

1,656

6,698

2022
£’000

592

(84)

—

508

2021
£’000

3,229

1,045

4,274

2021
£’000

522

104

(34)

592

The Group has a £15.0m revolving credit facility with NatWest Bank which expires in February 2025. 
The facility is priced on a floating rate of SONIA plus 1.5% and includes financial covenants which 
are measured on a quarterly basis. No drawdowns were made against the facility during the year. 
The Group was in compliance with its financial covenants during FY 2021 and FY 2022.

18. Assets held for sale
Following completion of our Engineering Design Centre and a review of our existing manufacturing 
locations, previously acquired land with a net book value of £1,978,000 is surplus to requirements 
and has been classified as held for sale. The sale is expected to be completed during 2023. The 
asset was written down by £85,000 to fair value less costs to sell of £1,893,000 and the related 
cost was included in general and administrative expenses within the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income in the prior year.

19. Trade and other payables

Given the Group’s customer base expected credit losses are not material; however, the Group’s 
policy is to provide in full for trade receivables outstanding for more than 90 days beyond agreed 
terms, unless there are facts and circumstances that support recoverability.

Trade payables

Social security and other taxes

Other payables and accruals

2022
£’000

4,956

571

10,526

16,053

2021
£’000

2,704

453

7,776

10,933

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

117

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2022Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements19. Trade and other payables continued
The maximum exposure to foreign currency risk for trade payables at 31 August, by currency, was:

Sterling

Euro

US Dollar

Japanese Yen

2022
£’000

3,635

154

1,096

71

4,956

2021
£’000

2,257

200

247

—

2,704

20. Financial instruments
The Group’s activities are exposed to a variety of market risk (including foreign currency 
risk, interest rate risk and equity price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The overall financial 
risk management policy focuses on mitigating the potential adverse effects on the Group’s 
financial performance. 

(a) Currency risk

The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk on transactions and balances that are denominated 
in currencies other than Sterling. The transactional exposure arises on trade receivables, trade 
payables and cash and cash equivalents and these balances are analysed by currency in notes 16, 17 
and 19. Currency risk is monitored closely on an ongoing basis to ensure that the net exposure is at 
an acceptable level.

The Group maintains a natural hedge whenever possible, by the cash inflows (revenue stream) and 
cash outflows used for purposes such as capital expenditure and operational expenditure in the 
respective currencies. Forward exchange contracts are used to manage transactional exposure 
where appropriate.

Management considers that the most significant foreign exchange risk relates to US dollar and 
Euro. The Group’s sensitivity to a 10% strengthening in Sterling against each of these currencies 
(with other variables held constant) is as follows:

(b) Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will 
fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s exposure to interest rate risk 
arises mainly from interest-bearing financial assets, being interest-bearing bank deposits. The 
Group’s policy is to obtain the most favourable interest rates available whilst ensuring that cash 
is deposited with a financial institution with a credit rating of AA or better. Any surplus funds are 
placed with licensed financial institutions to generate interest income.

A 100 basis point strengthening/weakening of the interest rate as at the end of the reporting 
period would not have a significant impact on profit after taxation and equity. This assumes that 
all other variables remain constant.

(c) Equity price risk

The Group does not have any quoted investments and hence is not exposed to equity price risk.

(d) Credit risk

The Group’s exposure to credit risk, or the risk of counterparties defaulting, arises mainly from 
trade and other receivables. The Group manages its exposure to credit risk by the application of 
credit approvals, credit limits and monitoring procedures on an ongoing basis. For other financial 
assets (including cash and bank balances), the Group seeks to minimise credit risk by dealing 
exclusively with high credit rating counterparties. An analysis of the ageing and currency of trade 
receivables is set out in note 16. An analysis of cash and cash equivalents is set out in note 17.

The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents its expected credit loss in 
respect of the trade and other receivables as appropriate. The main components of this allowance 
are a specific loss component that relates to individually significant exposures. Impairment is 
estimated by management based on prior experience and the current economic environment.

The Group’s major concentration of credit risk at 31 August 2022 relates to the amounts owing 
by 10 customers which constituted approximately 70% of its trade receivables as at the end of 
the reporting period.

As the Group does not hold any collateral, the maximum exposure to credit risk is represented 
by the carrying amount of the financial assets as at the end of the reporting period.

The exposure of credit risk for trade receivables by geographical region is as follows:

Decrease in adjusted operating profit (at average rates)

US Dollar

Euro

2022
£’000

230

310

2021
£’000

214

218

North America

United Kingdom

Europe

Rest of World

2022
£’000

1,326

541

2,407

5,818

2021
£’000

2,985

427

3,439

4,683

10,092

11,534

118

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2022Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements20. Financial instruments continued
(e) Liquidity risk

(g) Classification of financial instruments

All financial instruments are categorised as follows:

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall 
due. The exposure to liquidity risk arises primarily from mismatches of the maturities of financial 
assets and liabilities.

The Group maintains a level of cash and cash equivalents and bank facilities deemed adequate by 
management to ensure, as far as possible, that it will have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities 
when they fall due.

The following table details the Group’s contractual maturity for its financial liabilities. The table has 
been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest 
date on which the Group and the Company can be required to pay.

The Group’s financial liabilities are as follows:

Trade payables

Other payables

Lease liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

The maturities of the undiscounted liabilities are as follows 
(excluding leases):

Less than one year

(f) Capital risk management

2022
£’000

4,956

10,526

943

123

2021
£’000

2,704

7,776

967

31

16,548

11,478

15,605

10,511

Capital is defined as the total equity of the Group. The Group’s objectives when managing capital 
are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for 
shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to 
reduce the cost of capital. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust 
the amount of the dividend paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares 
or sell assets to reduce debt.

The Group manages its capital based on debt-to-equity ratio. The strategies adopted were 
unchanged during the period under review and from those adopted in the previous financial year. 
The debt-to-equity ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total equity. Net debt is calculated as 
borrowings plus trade and other payables less cash and cash equivalents.

At 31 August 2022, the Group’s cash resources exceed its total debt. Hence, the Company has 
no net debt.

Loans and receivables
Trade receivables

Contract assets

Cash and bank balances

Financial liabilities held at amortised cost
Trade and accruals and other payables

Lease liabilities

(h) Fair value hierarchy

Held at fair value
Assets held for sale 

Derivative financial instruments 

Level 3

Level 2

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

10,092

3,917

30,141

44,150

15,482

943

16,425

2022
£’000

1,862

(123)

1,739

11,534

4,269

23,282

39,085

10,480

967

11,447

2021
£’000

1,862

(31)

1,831

The fair values of the financial assets and liabilities are analysed into level 1 to 3 as follows:

Level 1:  

 Fair value measurements derive from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for 
identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2:  

 Fair value measurements derive from inputs other than quoted prices included within 
level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. 

Level 3:  

 Fair value measurements derive from valuation techniques that include inputs for the 
asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The carrying value of all financial instruments approximates their fair value (valued using level 2 
or level 3 in the case of assets held for sale).

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

119

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2022Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements21. Deferred tax

At 1 September

Acquisitions

Recognised in profit or loss:

– In respect of timing differences

– In respect of deferred tax on share options

Recognised in equity:

– In respect of deferred tax on share options

Exchange differences

At 31 August

The deferred tax balance is analysed as follows:

Deferred tax liability

The deferred tax liabilities are attributable to:

Short-term timing differences

Acquisitions

120

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

2022
£’000

(6,552)

—

290

(512)

84

293

2021
£’000

(2,549)

(3,472)

(376)

(354)

165

34

22. Share capital
The allotted, called up and fully paid share capital is made up of 22,626,466 ordinary shares of 
£0.01 each.

At 1 September 2020

Issued during the year

At 31 August 2021

Issued during the year

At 31 August 2022

Note

(i)

(ii)

Number 
of shares
’000

22,576

46

22,622

4

22,626

Share 
capital
£’000

226

—

226

—

226

Share 
premium
£’000

61,736

474

62,210

50

Total
£’000

61,962

474

62,436

50

62,260

62,486

(6,397)

(6,552)

(i) 

2022
£’000

(6,397)

(6,397)

2022
£’000

199

(6,596)

(6,397)

2021
£’000

(6,552)

(6,552)

2021
£’000

44

(6,596)

(6,552)

 During the year ended 31 August 2021, 44,750 shares were issued to satisfy exercises 
of share options. A total of 692 shares and 349 shares were issued to James Routh and 
Sarah Matthews-DeMers respectively in satisfaction of 20% of their annual bonus payments 
for the year ended 31 August 2020.

(ii)   During the year ended 31 August 2022, 1,654 shares were issued to satisfy exercises 

of share options. A total of 1,536 shares and 932 shares were issued to James Routh and 
Sarah Matthews-DeMers respectively in satisfaction of 20% of their annual bonus payments 
for the year ended 31 August 2021.

23. Other reserves

Reconstruction 
reserve 
£’000

Merger relief
 reserve 
£’000

Translation 
reserve 
£’000

Hedging 
reserve 
£’000

At 1 September 2020

(11,284)

11,390

Total comprehensive income

—

—

At 31 August 2021

(11,284)

11,390

Total comprehensive income

—

—

At 31 August 2022

(11,284)

11,390

(1,800)

(614)

(2,414)

3,574

1,160

—

(31)

(31)

(93)

(124)

Other
 reserves 
£’000

(1,694)

(645)

(2,339)

3,481

1,142

The reconstruction reserve and merger relief reserve have arisen as follows:

The acquisition by the Company of the entire issued share capital of Anthony Best Dynamics Limited 
in 2013 was accounted for as a Group reconstruction. Consequently, the assets and liabilities of the 
Group were recognised at their previous book values as if the Company had always been the Parent 
Company of the Group. 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2022Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements23. Other reserves continued
The share capital for the period covered by these consolidated financial statements and the 
comparative periods is stated at the nominal value of the shares issued pursuant to the above share 
arrangement. Any differences between the nominal value of these shares and previously reported 
nominal values of shares and applicable share premium issued by Anthony Best Dynamics Limited 
were transferred to the reconstruction reserve.

24. Share based payments
The share based compensation schemes were established to reward and incentivise the executive 
management team and staff for delivering share price growth. The schemes are administered by 
the Remuneration Committee.

The schemes adopted by the Company are equity settled and a charge of £795,000 (2021: £1,240,000) 
has been charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income relating to 
these options. 

The fair values of the share option awards granted were calculated using the Black Scholes option 
pricing model. The long-term incentive plan awards made in 2020, 2021 and 2022 had targets based 
on earnings per share total growth and shareholder return and were valued using a Monte Carlo 
simulation. The inputs into the model for awards granted were as follows:

Date awarded

11 March 
2022

1,025p

nil

1.25%

64%

3 years

3 December
 2021

2 December
 2020

17 January 
2020

3 December
 2019

1 October 
2019

1,750p

1,768p

nil

0.5%

62%

3 years

nil

0.02%

53%

3 years

2,230p

nil

0.39%

40%

2,140p

2,140p

0.28%

49%

2,140p

2,200p

0.38%

42%

3 years

1-2 years

1-3 years

Stock price

Exercise price

Interest rate

Volatility

Vesting period

The expected volatility was determined with reference to the published share price.

Summary of movements in share options

Outstanding at 1 September 2021

Options and awards granted

Options and awards exercised

Options and awards lapsed

Outstanding at 31 August 2022

Exercisable at 31 August 2022

Outstanding at 1 September 2020

Options and awards granted

Options and awards exercised

Outstanding at 31 August 2021

Exercisable at 31 August 2021

Weighted
 average
exercise price
(pence)

For the options granted in 2018 and 2019 one-third of the options will vest on each of the first, 
second and third anniversary of the grant date subject to the employees remaining employed by 
the Company.

The long-term incentive plan awards vest on the third anniversary of the award date.

691

1,271

395

2,140

1,445

1,358

946

1,017

1,047

691

1,340

25. Related party disclosures
Mr A Best, a significant shareholder and the former Chairman of the Company, is a trustee and 
beneficiary of the Best Middleton Trust. Rental payments of £Nil (2021: £44,000) were made in the 
year. No amounts were due to or from the trust at 31 August 2022 (31 August 2021: £Nil). The lease 
was terminated on 29 July 2021.

Balances and transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries are eliminated on 
consolidation and are not disclosed in this note. 

The remuneration of the key management personnel of the Group is set out in note 7.

26. Ultimate controlling party
There is no ultimate controlling party.

Number 
of shares

466,306

135,581

(1,654)

(60,000)

540,233

86,704

442,126

69,971

(45,791)

466,306

88,358

The weighted average share price on the date of exercise was 978p (2021: 2,046p). The weighted 
average remaining contractual life of the options outstanding at the statement of financial position 
date is 8.2 years (2021: 8.8 years).

The weighted average fair value of options granted in the year was £12.71 (2021: £14.51).

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

121

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2022Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements27. Acquisition of businesses
On 3 March 2021, the Group acquired 100% of VadoTech Pte Ltd and Zynit Pte Ltd (collectively 
‘VadoTech Group’) for total cash consideration of up to €26,000,000. The initial cash consideration 
was €17,000,000 (£14,700,000). Two further conditional cash payments of up to €3,000,000 
(£2,600,000) and €6,000,000 (£5,200,000) were subject to certain performance criteria being 
achieved for the year ended 31 December 2020 and the year ended 31 December 2021, respectively. 
The criteria in relation to both payments were met and an additional €3,000,000 was paid in 2021, 
with a further €6,000,000 paid in the current year.

Acquisition expenses totalled £273,000 and were included within general and administrative 
expenses in the prior year in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

The provisional fair values reported in the prior year Annual Report were finalised during the year 
with no adjustments required. Goodwill of £6,336,000 represents the amount paid for future sales 
growth from both new customers and new products and employee know-how. From the date of 
acquisition to 31 August 2021, the newly acquired business contributed £5,900,000 to revenue and 
£1,500,000 to adjusted operating profit. Had the acquisition been completed at the beginning of 
the period, Group revenue would have been £72,000,000 and adjusted operating profit would have 
been £12,000,000.

An accrual for the remaining deferred contingent consideration was included in the balance sheet 
at 31 August 2021 at net present value. £215,000 (2021: £331,000) of the discount to present value 
unwound during the year which has been included in other finance expense.

Acquired intangible assets

Deferred tax liabilities

Investment

Property, plant and equipment

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables

Net assets acquired

Goodwill

Cash paid

Cash acquired

Expenses of acquisition

Deferred consideration paid 2021

Deferred consideration paid 2022

Net cash paid, after acquisition expenses
Less: expenses of acquisition

Total consideration

VadoTech

Book value
£’000

Adjustment
£’000

—

—

3

872

2,540

(3,016)

399

—

399

15,345

(3,472)

—

(198)

564

—

12,239

—

12,239

Fair value
£’000

15,345

(3,472)

3

674

3,104

(3,016)

12,638

6,336

18,974

14,680

(2,923)

273

2,572

4,645

19,247

(273)

18,974

28. Post-balance sheet event 
On 20 September 2022, the Group acquired 100% of Ansible Motion Limited for initial consideration 
of £19,200,000 with deferred contingent consideration of up to £12,000,000.

The initial consideration comprised cash of £16,000,000 and £3,200,000 of new ordinary shares 
in AB Dynamics plc issued to the vendors. The contingent consideration is subject to certain 
performance criteria being achieved for the year ending 31 August 2023.

The book value of the acquired assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition was £4,100,000. The 
Group is currently in the process of determining the fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired. 
Based on unaudited accounts for the year ended 31 March 2022, Ansible Motion generated revenue 
of £8.0m (2021: £5.4m), earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) of 
£1.9m (2021: £0.8m) and operating profit of £1.8m (2021: £0.7m).

Acquisition expenses totalled £500,000, of which £328,000 was incurred in the year ended 
31 August 2022 and is included in administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income. 

The number of shares issued totalled 258,795 which will increase the weighted average shares in 
issue for FY 2023 by 243,865 shares.

122

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 August 2022Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCompany statement of financial position
As at 31 August 2022

Company statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 August 2022

ASSETS

Non-current assets
Right-of-use assets

Investments

Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables

Short-term lease liabilities

Net current assets

Net assets

Shareholders’ equity
Share capital

Share premium

Retained earnings

Total equity

At 1 September 2020

Share based payments

Total comprehensive income

Dividends

Issue of shares, net of share 
issue costs

At 31 August 2021

Share based payments

Total comprehensive expense

Dividends

Issue of shares, net of share 
issue costs

At 31 August 2022

Note

7

7

Share 
capital
 £’000

226

—

—

—

—

Share 
premium 
£’000

61,736

—

—

—

Retained 
profits 
£’000

10,344

1,240

14,123

Total 
equity 
£’000

72,306

1,240

14,123

(1,356)

(1,356)

474

—

474

226

62,210

24,351

86,787

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

50

750

(328)

750

(328)

(1,131)

(1,131)

—

50

226

62,260

23,642

86,128

The share premium account is a non-distributable reserve representing the difference between the 
nominal value of shares in issue and the amounts subscribed for those shares.

Retained profits represent the cumulative value of the profits not distributed to shareholders but 
retained to finance the future capital requirements of the Group.

Note

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

3

4

5

61

67,124

202

67,387

14,782

6,131

20,913

2,110

62

2,172

18,741

86,128

226

62,260

23,642

86,128

—

61,295

—

61,295

17,874

9,451

27,325

1,833

—

1,833

25,492

86,787

226

62,210

24,351

86,787

The loss for the financial year dealt with in the financial statements of the Parent Company was 
£328,000 (2021: profit of £14,123,000).

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 
23 November 2022 and are signed on its behalf by:

Dr James Routh 
Director    

Sarah Matthews-DeMers
Director

Company registration number: 08393914 

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

123

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements
For the year ended 31 August 2022

General information
AB Dynamics plc (‘the Company’) is the UK holding company of a group of companies which are 
engaged in the provision of advanced testing systems to the global motor industry. The Company is 
registered in England and Wales (registered number 08393914). Its registered office and principal 
place of business is Middleton Drive, Bradford on Avon, Wiltshire BA15 1GB.

Basis of accounting
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention and 
in accordance with FRS 102, The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic 
of Ireland, and the Companies Act 2006. The financial statements present information about the 
Company as an individual entity and the principal accounting policies are described below. They 
have all been applied consistently throughout the period.

Reduced disclosure exemptions
The Company, as a qualifying entity, has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions in FRS 102 
paragraph 1.12 as follows:

•  No cash flow statement has been presented as the Company is included within the consolidated 

financial statements of the Group

•  Disclosures in respect of the Company’s financial instruments have not been presented as 
equivalent disclosures are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group

The Company has also taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions in FRS 102 paragraph 33.1A 
as follows: 

•  Related party transactions have not been disclosed with other wholly owned members 

of the Group

Going concern
At 31 August 2022 the Company had net current assets of £18,741,000 (2021: £25,492,000) with 
the main current asset being amounts owed from its subsidiary Anthony Best Dynamics Limited, 
amounting to £13,568,000 (2021: £16,917,000). The Company has assessed its ongoing costs with 
cash generated by its subsidiary to ensure that it can continue to settle its debts as they fall due.

The Directors have, after careful consideration of the factors set out above, concluded that it is 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis for the preparation of the financial statements and 
the financial statements do not include any adjustments that would result if the going concern 
basis was not appropriate.

Investments
Investments held as fixed assets are stated at cost less provision for impairment.

Tax
Current tax, including UK corporation tax and foreign tax, is provided at amounts expected to be 
paid (or recovered) using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all timing differences that have originated but not reversed 
at the balance sheet date where transactions or events that result in an obligation to pay more tax 
in the future or a right to pay less tax in the future have occurred at the balance sheet date. Timing 
differences are differences between the Company’s taxable profits and its results as stated in the 
financial statements that arise from the inclusion of gains and losses in tax assessments in periods 
different from those in which they are recognised in the financial statements. A net deferred tax 
asset is regarded as recoverable and therefore recognised only when, on the basis of all available 
evidence, it can be regarded as more likely than not that there will be suitable taxable profits from 
which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities are recognised in the statements of financial position when the 
Company has become a party to the contractual provisions of the instruments.

The Company only enters into basic financial instrument transactions that result in the recognition 
of financial assets and liabilities like trade and other debtors and creditors and loans to 
related parties.

Debtors
Short-term debtors are measured at transaction price, less any impairment. Loans and receivables 
are measured initially at fair value and are measured subsequently at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method, less any impairment.

Creditors
Short-term trade creditors are measured at the transaction price. Other financial liabilities, 
including bank loans, are measured initially at fair value and are measured subsequently at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method.

124

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotes to the Company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 August 2022

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
In the application of the Company’s accounting policies, the Directors are required to make 
judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that 
are not apparent from other sources. The estimates and assumptions are based on historical 
experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to 
accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision 
affects only that period or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects 
both current and future periods.

The following are the key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation 
uncertainty at the statement of financial position date that have a significant risk of causing a 
significant adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements:

2. Employees and Directors’ remuneration
Staff costs during the year by the Company were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

2022
£’000

2,602

158

2,760

2021
£’000

1,580

220

1,800

The executive management team is remunerated by the operating subsidiary Anthony Best 
Dynamics Limited and costs recharged to AB Dynamics plc. Details of its remuneration is in the 
Remuneration Committee report.

The average number of employees of the Company during the year was:

Share based payment
The fair value of share based remuneration is determined at the date of grant and recognised as a 
capital contribution to its subsidiary on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, taking account 
of the estimated number of shares that will vest. The fair value is determined by use of option 
pricing models.

Directors and management

3. Investments

1. (Loss)/profit for the financial year
The Company has taken advantage of Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and, consequently, 
a profit and loss account for the Company alone has not been presented.

The Company’s loss for the financial year was £328,000 (2021: profit of £14,123,000).

The Company’s profit for the financial year has been arrived at after charging auditor’s remuneration 
payable to Crowe U.K. LLP for audit services to the Company of £25,000 (2021: £25,000). Statutory 
information on remuneration for other services provided by the Company’s auditors and its 
associates is given on a consolidated basis in note 6 of the consolidated financial statements. 

Subsidiary undertaking
1 September

Capital contribution arising on share based payment

AB Dynamics Overseas Holdings Ltd

Exchange differences

31 August

2022
Number

9

2021
Number

5

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

61,295

750

5,114

(35)

42,803

1,240

17,252

—

67,124

61,295

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

125

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotes to the Company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 August 2022

3. Investments continued
The Company owns more than 20% of the following undertakings:

Class of 
share held 

% 
shareholding

Anthony Best Dynamics Limited

AB Dynamics GK

AB Dynamics Inc

rFpro Limited

AB Dynamics UK Holdings Limited

AB Dynamics Overseas Holdings Limited

*AB Dynamics Singapore Holding Pte Ltd

*VadoTech Pte Ltd

*VadoTech Japan KK

*VadoTech Deutschland

*VadoTech Services SL

*VadoTech US Inc

*VadoTech Korea Ltd

*Zynit Pte Ltd

*Zynit China Co Ltd

*rFpro Inc

* AB Dynamics Europe GmbH

*Dynamic Research Inc

*DRI Advanced Test Systems Inc

*DRIATSERO SRL

*ABD Solutions Ltd

*  Denotes indirect shareholding.

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

25

100

2-2-3 Shinyokohama, Dai-Ichi Takeo bldg. 6F 606 Kohoku-ku, Yokohama 222-0033, Japan

Middleton Drive, Bradford on Avon, Wiltshire BA15 1GB

Registered office

48325 Alpha Drive, Suite 120, Wixom, MI 48393, USA

Middleton Drive, Bradford on Avon, Wiltshire BA15 1GB

Middleton Drive, Bradford on Avon, Wiltshire BA15 1GB

Middleton Drive, Bradford on Avon, Wiltshire BA15 1GB

77 Robinson Road, #13-00 Robinson 77, Singapore, 068896

77 Robinson Road, #13-00 Robinson 77, Singapore, 068896

Nichitochi Nishishinjyuku Building 8F, 6-10-1, Nishishinjyuku, Shinjyuku-ku, Tokyo, Japan

Calle Madrid, n. 70, Edificio Irene II, local 1, Monachil, Granada, Spain

Bismarckstraße 7, 10625 Berlin, Germany

The Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 1980, USA

301 ho, 10-1, Maebong-gil, Seongdong-gu, Seoul, South Korea

77 Robinson Road, #13-00 Robinson 77, Singapore, 068896

No.13, Jinma Yuan 2 Street, Gaoliying Town, Shunyi District, Beijing, China

48325 Alpha Drive, Suite 120, Wixom, MI 48393, USA

Vogelsang 11, 35398 Gießen, Germany

355 Van Ness Avenue, Suite 200, Torrance, CA 90501, USA

355 Van Ness Avenue, Suite 200, Torrance, CA 90501, USA

Middleton Drive, Bradford on Avon, Wiltshire BA15 1GB

36 Libertatii St, Buhusi, Romania

126

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotes to the Company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 August 2022

4. Other receivables

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Prepayments

5. Trade and other payables

Other payables and accruals

Short-term lease liabilities

2022
£’000

14,709

73

14,782

2022
£’000

2,110

62

2,172

2021
£’000

1,833

—

1,833

6. Share capital
The allotted, called up and fully paid share capital is made up of 22,626,466 ordinary shares of 
£0.01 each.

At 1 September 2020

Issued during the year

At 31 August 2021

Issued during the year

At 31 August 2022

Note

(i)

(ii)

Number of 
shares
’000

22,576

46

22,622

4

22,626

Share 
capital
£’000

226

—

226

—

226

Share 
premium
£’000

61,736

474

62,210

50

Total
£’000

61,962

474

62,436

50

62,260

62,486

(i) 

 During the year ended 31 August 2021, 44,750 shares were issued to satisfy exercises of share 
options. A total of 692 shares and 349 shares were issued to James Routh and Sarah Matthews-
DeMers respectively in satisfaction of 20% of their annual bonus payments for the year ended 
31 August 2020.

(ii)   During the year ended 31 August 2022, 1,654 shares were issued to satisfy exercises of 

share options. A total of 1,536 shares and 932 shares were issued to James Routh and Sarah 
Matthews-DeMers respectively in satisfaction of 20% of their annual bonus payments for the 
year ended 31 August 2021.

7. Dividends paid

2021
£’000

17,630

Final 2020 dividend paid of 4.4p per share

244

Interim 2021 dividend paid of 1.6p per share

17,874

Final 2021 dividend paid of 3.2p per share

Interim 2022 dividend paid of 1.8 per share

2022
£’000

—

—

733

398

2021
£’000

994

362

—

—

1,131

1,356

The Board has proposed a final dividend of 3.54p per share totalling £735,000. An interim dividend 
was paid of 1.76p per share totalling £398,000. If approved, the final dividend will be paid on 
27 January 2023 to shareholders on the register on 30 December 2022.

8. Related party disclosures
The only key management personnel of the Company are the Directors. Details of their 
remuneration are contained in the Remuneration Committee report.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

127

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotes to the Company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 August 2022

9. Share based payments
The share based compensation schemes were established to reward and incentivise the executive 
management team and staff for delivering share price growth. The schemes are administered by 
the Remuneration Committee.

The fair values of the share option awards granted were calculated using the Black Scholes option 
pricing model. The long-term incentive plan awards made in 2020, 2021 and 2022 had targets based 
on earnings per share total growth and shareholder return and were valued using a Monte Carlo 
simulation. The inputs into the model for awards granted were as follows:

The schemes adopted by the Company are equity settled and a charge of £795,000 (2021: £1,240,000) 
has been charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income relating to 
these options.

Summary of movements in share options

Outstanding at 1 September 2021

Options and awards granted

Options and awards exercised

Options and awards lapsed

Outstanding at 31 August 2022

Exercisable at 31 August 2022

Outstanding at 1 September 2020

Options and awards granted

Options and awards exercised

Outstanding at 31 August 2021

Exercisable at 31 August 2021

Weighted 
average
exercise price
 pence

691

1,271

395

2,140

1,445

1,358

946

1,017

1,047

691

1,340

Number 
of shares

466,306

135,581

(1,654)

(60,000)

540,233

86,704

442,126

69,971

(45,791)

466,306

88,358

The weighted average share price on the date of exercise was 978p (2021: 2,046p). The weighted 
average remaining contractual life of the options outstanding at the statement of financial position 
date is 8.2 years (2021: 8.8 years).

Date awarded

11 March
 2022

1,025p

nil

1.25%

64%

3 years

3 December 
2021

2 December 
2020

17 January 
2020

3 December 
2019

1 October 
2019

1,750p

1,768p

nil

0.50%

62%

3 years

nil

0.02%

53%

3 years

2,230p

nil

0.39%

40%

2,140p

2,140p

0.28%

49%

2,140p

2,200p

0.38%

42%

3 years

1-2 years

1-3 years

Stock price

Exercise price

Interest rate

Volatility

Vesting period

The expected volatility was determined with reference to the published share price.

For the options granted in 2018 and 2019 one-third of the options will vest on each of the first, 
second and third anniversary of the grant date subject to the employees remaining employed by 
the Company.

The long-term incentive plan awards vest on the third anniversary of the award date.

128

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotice of Annual General Meeting 2023
Notice of Annual General Meeting

THIS DOCUMENT IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES YOUR IMMEDIATE ATTENTION
If you are in any doubt as to the action you should take, you should consult your stockbroker, bank 
manager, solicitor, accountant or other independent professional adviser immediately.

ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS
1. 

 To receive the annual accounts of the Group for the year ended 31 August 2022, together with 
the reports of the Directors and the auditor on those accounts.

If you have sold or transferred all of your shares in AB Dynamics plc, please forward this document, 
together with the accompanying report and accounts and form of proxy, to the purchaser or 
transferee or to the stockbroker, bank or other agent through whom the sale or transfer was 
effected for delivery to the purchaser or transferee.

2. 

3. 

 To approve the Directors’ remuneration report, as set out on pages 82 to 89 of the Group’s 
Annual Report and Accounts for the financial year ended 31 August 2022.

 To declare a final dividend of 3.54p per share, to be paid to all shareholders on the register 
of members as at 30 December 2022.

AB Dynamics plc
Notice of Annual General Meeting

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the Annual General Meeting (AGM) of the members of 
AB Dynamics plc (the Group) will be held at 11.00 a.m. on Wednesday 11 January 2023 at the offices 
of Tulchan Communications, 2nd Floor, 85 Fleet Street, London EC4Y 1AE, for the purpose of 
considering and, if thought fit, passing the following resolutions of which resolutions 1 to 10 
(inclusive) will be proposed as ordinary resolutions and resolution 11 will be proposed as a 
special resolution.

4.  To re-appoint Richard Elsy as a Director of the Group.

5.  To re-appoint Louise Evans as a Director of the Group.

6.  To re-appoint Richard Hickinbotham as a Director of the Group.

7.  To re-appoint Sarah Matthews-DeMers as a Director of the Group.

8.  To re-appoint Dr James Routh as a Director of the Group.

9. 

 To appoint Grant Thornton UK LLP as the auditor of the Group from the conclusion of this AGM 
until the conclusion of the next AGM of the Group and to authorise the Directors to determine 
the auditor’s remuneration.

10.   That, in substitution for any previous authority but without prejudice to any allotment of shares 
or grant of rights already made, offered or agreed to be made pursuant to such authorities, 
the Directors from time to time be and are hereby generally and unconditionally authorised for 
the purpose of Section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 (the Act) to allot shares of the Group 
and/or grant rights to subscribe for, or convert any securities into, shares of the Group up to 
an aggregate nominal amount of £76,284, being approximately one-third of the current issued 
share capital of the Group provided that this authority shall expire (unless previously renewed, 
varied or revoked by the Group in a general meeting) at the conclusion of the next AGM of the 
Group or 15 months after the passing of this resolution (if earlier) except that the Directors 
may before the expiry of such period make an offer or agreement which would or might require 
shares to be allotted or rights granted after the expiry of such period and the Directors may 
allot shares or grant rights in pursuance of that offer or agreement as if this authority had 
not expired.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

129

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotice of Annual General Meeting 2023 continued
Notice of Annual General Meeting

SPECIAL RESOLUTION
11.   That, subject to the passing of resolution 10 above, the Directors be empowered pursuant to 

Section 571 of the Companies Act 2006 (the Act) to allot equity securities (within the meaning 
of Section 560 of the Act) for cash pursuant to the authority conferred by resolution 10 above 
as if Section 561 of the Act did not apply to such allotment, provided that this power shall be 
limited to the allotment of equity securities as follows:

Recommendation
The Board is of the opinion that these proposals are in the best interests of the Group and its 
shareholders as a whole.

Accordingly, the Directors unanimously recommend all shareholders to vote in favour of the 
resolutions, as they intend to do in respect of their own beneficial shareholdings.

Explanatory notes in respect of the resolutions proposed are set out in the appendix to this Notice.

By Order of the Board

David Forbes 
Company Secretary 
23 November 2022

Registered office: 
AB Dynamics plc  
Middleton Drive  
Bradford on Avon  
Wiltshire BA15 1GB

Registered number: 08393914

a. 

 the allotment of equity securities in connection with any offer by way of rights or an open 
offer of relevant equity securities where the equity securities respectively attributed to the 
interests of all holders of relevant equity securities are proportionate (as nearly as may be) 
to the respective numbers of relevant equity securities held by them but subject to such 
exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal 
with equity securities which represent fractional entitlements or on account of either legal 
or practical problems arising in connection with the laws or requirements of any regulatory 
or other authority in any jurisdiction; and

b. 

 otherwise than pursuant to paragraph (a) above, up to an aggregate nominal amount of 
£11,442, being approximately 5% of the current issued share capital of the Group,

 provided that the powers conferred by this resolution shall expire (unless previously renewed, 
varied or revoked by the Group in a general meeting) on a date which is the earlier of 15 months 
from the date of the passing of this resolution and the conclusion of the next AGM of the 
Group (the Section 571 Period) but so that the Group may at any time prior to the expiry of the 
Section 571 Period make an offer or agreement which would or might require equity securities 
to be allotted pursuant to these authorities after the expiry of the Section 571 Period and 
the Directors may allot equity securities in pursuance of such offer or agreement as if the 
authorities hereby conferred had not expired.

Action to be taken
Each shareholder is entitled to appoint one or more proxies to attend, speak and vote instead of 
that shareholder. A proxy need not be a shareholder.

Shareholders should kindly complete and return the enclosed form of proxy as soon as possible, 
whether or not they expect to be able to attend the AGM. Return of a form of proxy will not prevent 
a shareholder from attending, speaking and voting in person at the meeting if that shareholder 
so wishes and is so entitled. If you are a CREST member you can submit your proxy electronically 
through the CREST system by completing and transmitting a CREST proxy instruction as described 
in the notes to this circular and in the form of proxy.

130

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting 2023 continued
Notice of Annual General Meeting

Notes
Pursuant to the Group’s Articles of Association (the Articles), members are entitled to 
appoint a proxy or proxies to exercise all or any of their rights to attend, speak and vote 
at the meeting. A proxy need not be a shareholder of the Group.

A shareholder may appoint more than one proxy in relation to the AGM, provided that each 
proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by that 
shareholder. In addition, the Chairman of the meeting will direct that voting on all resolutions 
will take place by way of a poll, rather than a show of hands, to ensure that proxy votes are 
recognised in order to accurately reflect the views of shareholders.

1. 

 Only holders of ordinary shares are entitled to attend and vote at the AGM. A member is 
entitled to appoint another person as his proxy to exercise all or any of his rights to attend, 
speak and vote at the meeting. A member may appoint more than one proxy in relation to the 
meeting, provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different 
share or shares held by the relevant member. A proxy need not be a member of the Group.

2. 

 You can register your vote(s) for the AGM either: 

(a)   by logging on to www.shareregistrars.uk.com, clicking on the ‘Proxy Vote’ button and then 

following the on-screen instructions; 

(b)   by post or by hand to Share Registrars Limited, 3 The Millennium Centre, Crosby Way, 

Farnham, Surrey GU9 7XX using the proxy form accompanying this notice. Instructions for 
completion are shown on the form. To appoint a proxy, the form of proxy, and any power of 
attorney or other authority under which it is executed (or a duly certified copy of any such 
power or authority), must be completed; or

(c)    in the case of CREST members, by utilising the CREST electronic proxy appointment service 

in accordance with paragraphs 5 to 8 below. 

 In order for a proxy appointment to be valid the proxy must be received by Share Registrars 
Limited by 11.00 a.m. on 9 January 2023, being 48 hours (ignoring any part of any day that is 
not a working day) before the start of the AGM. Completion of one of the above proxy voting 
options will not preclude members from attending and voting in person at the AGM, should 
they so wish.

3. 

4. 

 In the case of joint shareholders, the signature of the senior shareholder (seniority to be determined 
by the order in which the names stand in the register of members) shall be accepted to the exclusion 
of all other joint holders. The names of all joint shareholders should be stated at the top of the form.

 In order to have the right to attend and vote at the meeting (and also for the purpose of 
determining how many votes a person entitled to attend and vote may cast), a person must 
be entered on the register of members of the Group at 11.00 a.m. on 9 January 2023, being 48 
hours (ignoring any part of any day that is not a working day) before the start of the AGM, or, 
in the event of any adjournment, 48 hours before the start of the adjourned meeting (ignoring 
any part of any day that is not a working day). Changes to entries on the register of members 
after this time shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend or vote 
at the AGM.

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

 CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST electronic proxy 
appointment service may do so by using the procedures described in the CREST Manual 
(available via www.euroclear.com/CREST). CREST personal members or other CREST sponsored 
members, and those CREST members who have appointed a voting service provider(s), 
should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) who will be able to take the 
appropriate action on their behalf.

 In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made using the CREST service to be valid, the 
appropriate CREST message (a CREST Proxy Instruction) must be properly authenticated in 
accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited’s (Euroclear) specifications and must contain 
the information required for such instruction, as described in the CREST Manual. The message, 
regardless of whether it constitutes the appointment of a proxy or is an amendment to the 
instruction given to a previously appointed proxy must, in order to be valid, be transmitted so 
as to be received by the issuer’s agent (ID 7RA36) by the latest time for the receipt of proxy 
appointments specified in note 2 above. For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to 
be the time (as determined by the timestamp applied to the message by the CREST Application 
Host) from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the 
manner prescribed by CREST. After this time any change of instructions to proxies appointed 
through CREST should be communicated to the appointee through other means.

 CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors, or voting service providers 
should note that Euroclear does not make available special procedures in CREST for any 
particular message. Normal system timings and limitations will, therefore, apply in relation to 
the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned 
to take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST personal member, or sponsored member, or has 
appointed a voting service provider, to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting service 
provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted 
by means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, CREST members and, 
where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers are referred, in particular, 
to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST system 
and timings.

 The Group may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in 
Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001.

 Any corporation which is a member can appoint one or more corporate representatives who 
may exercise on its behalf all of the powers as a member provided that no more than one 
corporate representative exercises powers over the same share.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

131

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting 2023 continued
Notice of Annual General Meeting

Notes continued
10.   Any member attending the meeting has the right to ask questions. The Group must cause to 

be answered any such question relating to the business dealt with at the meeting but no such 
answer need be given if:

(a)   to do so would interfere unduly with the preparation for the meeting or involve the 

disclosure of confidential information;

(b)  the answer has already been given on a website in the form of an answer to a question; or

(c)   it is not in the interests of the Group or the good order of the meeting that the question 

be answered.

11.   As at 22 November 2022 (being the last business day prior to the publication of this Notice), 
the Group’s issued ordinary share capital consisted of 22,885,261 ordinary shares of 1p each, 
carrying one vote each. Therefore, the total voting rights in the Group as at 22 November 2022 
were 22,885,261.

12.   A copy of this Notice, and other information required by Section 311A of the Companies Act 

2006 (the Act), can be found at www.abdplc.com.

13.   You may not use any electronic address (within the meaning of Section 333(4) of the Act) 

provided in this Notice or in any related documents (including the Chairman’s letter and form of 
proxy) to communicate with the Group for any purposes other than those expressly stated.

14.   Your personal data includes all data provided by you, or on your behalf, which relates to you as 
a shareholder, including your name and contact details, the votes you cast and your Reference 
Number (attributed to you by the Group). The Group determines the purposes for which and 
the manner in which your personal data is to be processed. The Group and any third party to 
which it discloses the data (including the Group’s registrars) may process your personal data for 
the purposes of compiling and updating the Group’s records, fulfilling its legal obligations and 
processing the shareholder rights you exercise.

Appendix: Explanatory notes on the resolutions to be proposed 
at the Annual General Meeting

Resolution 1 – Annual Report and Accounts
The Directors must present the annual audited accounts of the Group and the Directors’ and 
Auditor’s reports for the year ended 31 August 2022 (2022 Annual Report) to shareholders at the 
meeting. You are voting to receive the 2022 Annual Report. Detailed information is contained 
within the 2022 Annual Report.

Resolution 2 – Directors’ remuneration report 
Shareholders will have the opportunity to cast an advisory vote on the Directors’ remuneration 
report for the year ended 31 August 2022. The report is set out in full on pages 82 to 89 of the 
2022 Annual Report. The Directors’ entitlement to remuneration is not conditional on the report 
being approved.

Resolution 3 – Declaration of dividend
Final dividends must be approved by shareholders but cannot exceed the amount recommended 
by the Directors. The Directors propose a final dividend of 3.54p per ordinary share. If approved, 
the dividend is expected to be paid to shareholders on the register of members as of 30 December 
2022. The Group paid an interim dividend this year; therefore, the total dividend distribution for the 
year shall be 5.3p per ordinary share.

Resolutions 4 to 8 – Re-appointment of Directors 
Resolutions 4 to 8 relate to the re-appointment of the Group’s Directors. Under the Group’s 
Articles, one-third of the Directors are required to retire from office by rotation each year. 
Notwithstanding the provisions of the Articles, the Board has determined that all of the 
Directors shall retire from office at the AGM in line with the best practice recommendations of 
the Financial Reporting Council’s UK Corporate Governance Code. Each of the Directors intends 
to stand for re-appointment by the shareholders. Biographical details, skills and experience 
for each of the Directors can be found on pages 62 and 63 of the 2022 Annual Report and at 
www.abdplc.com/about/board-of-directors.

132

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting 2023 continued
Appendix: Explanatory notes on the resolutions to be proposed at the Annual General Meeting continued

Resolution 9 – Appointment of the auditor and the auditor’s remuneration
The Group is required to appoint an auditor at each general meeting at which accounts are laid 
before the Group to hold office until the end of the next such meeting. Grant Thornton UK LLP has 
expressed its willingness to be appointed as the auditor to the Group. This resolution proposes the 
appointment of Grant Thornton UK LLP and, in accordance with standard practice, gives authority 
to the Directors to determine the remuneration to be paid to the auditor.

Resolution 10 – Directors’ authority to allot shares 
Under the Act, the Directors of a company may only allot unissued shares in the capital of the 
company or grant rights to subscribe for, or convert any security into, shares in the company if they 
are authorised to do so by the shareholders at a general meeting or by the company’s articles of 
association.

This resolution gives the Directors authority to allot shares in the Group up to an aggregate nominal 
amount of £76,284, representing approximately one-third of the Group’s issued ordinary share 
capital as at 22 November 2022 (being the last business day prior to the publication of this Notice). 
This authority will expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting to be held in 2024.

The Directors do not have any present intention of exercising this authority but consider it desirable 
that they should have the flexibility to allot shares, or grant rights to subscribe for, or convert any 
security into shares, if circumstances arise where it may be advantageous for the Group to do so.

Resolution 11 – Partial disapplication of pre-emption rights
This resolution will, if approved, renew the Directors’ authority to allot equity securities (as 
defined in the Act) for cash otherwise than to existing shareholders pro rata to their holdings. This 
authority, which will expire at the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting of the Group to be held 
in 2024, is limited to the allotment of: (a) equity securities in connection with a rights issue; and (b) 
equity securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of £11,442, representing approximately 5 per 
cent. of the Group’s issued ordinary share capital as at 22 November 2022 (being the last business 
day prior to the publication of this Notice).

The Directors have no present intention to use this authority but consider that the proposed 
disapplication of pre-emption rights is desirable to give the Group the ability to issue a limited 
number of shares for cash to third parties, where to do so would be of benefit to the Group.

AB Dynamics plc’s commitment to environmental issues is reflected in this Annual Report, which has been 
printed on Arena Extra White Smooth, an FSC® certified material. This document was printed by Pureprint 
Group using its environmental print technology, with 99% of dry waste diverted from landfill, minimising 
the impact of printing on the environment. The printer is a CarbonNeutral® company.

Both the printer and the paper mill are registered to ISO 14001.

AB Dynamics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2022

133

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsMiddleton Drive 
Bradford on Avon 
Wiltshire BA15 1GB

T: +44 (0)1225 860 200  
F: +44 (0)1225 860 201  
E: investors@abdplc.com  
www.abdplc.com